-■■■V ■ "" '•r>; Ji Sk&! KSM9 Mi SHI IK LIBRARY OF CONGRESS. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. A GRATEFUL SPIRIT AND OTHER SERMONS n James Vila Blake J CHICAGO Charles H. Kerr & Co. 1890 THE LIBRARY OF CONGRESS WASHINGTON Copyright by James Vila Blake. 1890. PEEFACE. These Sermons are published because they were asked for. Neither have I chosen the discourses. I have printed those desired by the people. If the request for them mean that the Sermons may give help, strength, cheer, comfort, anywhere, I am glad and thankful. J. V. B. Chicago, August, 1890. CONTENTS. A Grateful^ Spirit, . . At Peace with Things, Yah weh in the Bible, Some Things to be Sun Solomon and the Lilies, The Perfect, Abiding God's Time, The Full Bushel, The Riches of Life, Take my Yoke, Paul's Three Points, Knowledge of God, Why any Religion, The One Religion, Faithfulness, "0 God!" A " Cure All," Jesus of Nazareth, Sacrifice, Old Age, of. Page. 1 11 23 37 47 57 69 79 89 125 135 153 165 173 185 197 211 221 265 277 Cfyts Book is 3uscrtbeb to HAZEN J. BURTON, 3t being tTfyree=folb fyts, — By ^rtcnbsfyip, By my Ctbmtratton, By fyis postering ^anb. ERRATA, Page 20. In the twentieth line, for faithfulness read faithlessness. Page 52. For Milton read Thomson. Milton has the thought, P. L. 713; hut the words are Thomson's, Autumn, 204. Page 119. In the twelfth line, for he lot read helot. Page 203. In the twenty-first line, for feeling read feelings. Page 286. In the thirtieth line, for Fumers read Furness. A GRATEFUL SPIRIT. " O, give thanks unto the Lord, for he is good." — Psalm cxviii, X. It is my purpose to offer you some thoughts about grateful- ness ; for this virtue always is in place, pressing on a right heart, and therefore thoughts about it always useful, I hope. What I have to say flows from this one truth, that I find gratefulness to be an instance under the universal law of repayment or jus- tice. It has been called, very finely I think, " the justice of the heart." It is according to nature that we should pay for whatever is of so much value that we wish it. In many different ways this payment is exacted ; and whether it is levied by man or nature, it is not to be escaped. Very often we pay the cost to men, and as it seems perhaps on the surface, the whole cost, as when we buy any article of use or beauty. But very often we pay the whole cost to nature ; which is to say, we are obliged to satisfy nature's conditions be- fore we can attain the object, as when we dig in a mine for wealth or learn hard sciences by the labors of observation and reflection. More often still, we pay both men and nature, as when we acquire skill in any art, pictorial, plastic, musical, mechanical, paying the teacher with money, but satisfying nature with application. In either case it is a payment by matter, I mean by giving so much of substance or material for what we wish ; for whether we pay the teacher with valuable materials, or satisfy nature with the consumption of muscle and brain, it is the same fact ; a material payment is made. More- over, beforehand we paid muscle and brain for the values in property which we pay to the teacher ; so that in the end, in whatever case, we pay by consuming ourselves, by using up our A GRATEFUL SPIRIT. bodies for what we wish. In the words of Jesus, " virtue goes out from " us, and we pay of our very bodies, either to fix them in capital values, or to purchase the immortal values of the mind. And what a thought! what a thought this is (just to touch it in passing, for I cannot pause on it), that by this ma- terial payment, by simply paying off bits from our unfixed and ebbing substance, we buy the spiritual and the everlasting. But now, while always we must pay for what we get, it often appears that there is no equivalent material at hand wherewith to pay, none at hand I say, and none to be found. This is because the benefits we receive are beyond all price. There are costly things that transcend payment, life, liberty, love, a sacrifice for friendship, a gentle word of warning just in time,' a helping hand just at the right instant, an inspiring example, a forbearing charity, sometimes just a sympathetic understanding of us. What shall we do with these things, which it seems we cannot pay for? Justice then arrives, as I figure it, at a bar, at a high gate, at its limits or boundery; and there it must stay if it have no higher thought of itself than the material payment which I have spoken of. But if it have a higher thought, then it takes a leap over into love. Love repays with itself, that is to say with gratefulness. And this is a pay- ment that satisfies the equation. On the one side appears a benefit past all commercial valuation, on the other side, an ines- timable return. Now if we have a grateful spirit, and labor and yearn above all things to do first the justice of payment, and then that which is so heavenly and far beyond what we mean by justice, then to speak our thanksgiving is this gratitude put into form. We embody it, which is the same thing as to make it lovely in appearance to other persons. This expression is the beauty of it, its music, its oration, its poem; — the beauty of gratefulness, as appears when it fills a face or an attitude with grace, or an eye with unshed but most visible tears. The music of it, when it attunes the voice to a gentle and sweet tone. The oration of it, when it makes the dumb eloquent, as I have heard it. And the poem of it, when it breaks forth into hymns and praise, with rapture. There is naught chat exceeds the simple and glorious eloquence which sometimes leaps like the morning A GRATEFUL SPIRIT. 3 light from pure gratefulness of feeling. A friend wrote me once, very early in the morning, " A lovely morning this, so crisp and bright. At my window is a poplar tree whose green rustling leaves are a great pleasure to me. If I were lonely, they would talk. But I have no time for loneliness. What a blessing, after all, lies in this constant business." This is the simple eloquence (and how beautiful!) of a grateful heart. In a word, plainly, this speaking is gratefulness manifested by word and sign, and gratefulness is but a continuation of justice, as I have said, being but spiritual payment for a benefit too great or too sacred for material remuneration. Well now, follow a little this idea of gratefulness as justice, "the justice of the heart." For when did ever justice lead estray ? We speak of Justice as the " Blind Goddess ; " but when did not even the blind follow the blind goddess safely, as if the blaze of noon-day had somehow struck from within on the eyes closed outwardly ! It will appear that the benefit which calls forth gratitude, if we look at it, must be a just benefit. No sentiment worthy of this good name of gratefulness can arise for a boon to our- selves which is an injustice or an evil to others. We could not be thankful, for example, to one who should aid us with stolen goods ; for if he told us they were stolen, he would but make us party to the crime ; and if he told us not, then it would be but a treachery to us, which we could not give thanks for when we learned it. Attention, favor, honor, no matter what, anything, at the expense of another's righteous dues, or sensitive feelings even, can create no gratefulness. One who accepted these things or thought them advantageous, still would be unable to profane with them the shiine of a grateful spirit; for this spirit flames forth to meet only the just, the noble, the pure deed. In fine, there is no way of being truly grateful for anything we ought not to have. I suspect the philosophy of this truth may be a deep-seated instinct, belonging to the sociable nature of man, namely, that an apparent benefit to ourselves, which is an injus- tice to another, cannot really be a benefit, or even an advantage, and therefore calls for no gratefulness. That can never be good for one which is bad for another. The human family, ay, and all beings, are a unit in circumstance, bound all together by "the chain of things, which the next unto the farthest brings," to such 4 A GKATEFUL SPIRIT. effect that none can be helped at another's cost or hurt. There is, in truth, a kind of impregnable oneness in humanity, — I call it impregnable because if we look at it it rises as a rampart before human society, fronting all the hosts of darkness, — the oneness that we are all members one of another, and that if one part suffer another suffers with it, as Paul said long ago, and that no human creature, or other creature with purpose in his acts or with power to feel, can be grown up to blessedness, or can be content and happy in the very smile of God, if therefrom be banished any one, the least or the worst. You know the old doctrine, that the beatific life in heaven will be the happier for hell, and the blest will give thanks for their salvation the more devoutly in view of the terrors which they escape. That doctrine is so monstrous a fact as hardly to be conceived, if history testified not to it so plainly. Strange, that any human creature could delight to imagine himself as a greedy buzzard, feeding on the body of another's woe, Now, it is in my doctrine of gratefulness that no creature but a monster could utter or feel a thanksgiving for himself in heaven, if once he entered there, — I can imagine he might think he could, in an unheavenly state of mind, before he attained the blessed realm ; but once there he could not, — so long as there were a corner of hell left burning. Bather, like Whittier's Piero Lucca, one would say, " the world of pain were better, if therein one's heart might still be human, and desires of natural pity drop upon its fires some cooling tears." So far then we go, following the idea of gratitude as jus- tice ; to this point, that there can be no gratefulness for an in- justice or for any unfair advantage given, nay, nor even for any pain that we escape if thereby another feel it ; that nothing unfair or unjust can be really a benefit ; that an apparent privi- lege or advantage can be naught but a delusion, a snare and a fraud if it involve injustice to any one. Now, it is wonderful how clear all the ways of life and all the questions of men's deeds appear before this principle. Let a man but be filled with the thought of human oneness, so that he feels as quick in his heart a breach of this unity by any injustice, and detects it as instantly, as he would the violation of the organic oneness of his own body if it were torn, and in such a man you shall find eyes A GEATEITX SPIRIT. wonderfully clear in sight, so that pretense and all false reason- ings are pierced as with lances, and slain. All about us we hear Pilate's question, '-'What is truth?" There is another very deep question, and that is, ''Who shall answer that question? " — I mean the question of Pilate. Not the selfish man ; not he who receives aught without loving gratefulness ; not the hermit, whose abode is dark caves of personal and sordid schemes ; not the vain, the giddy, the careless; not the ambitious, the proud, vain and happy in their ambitions merely. In questions of the higher reason, it is more important what we art than with what skill or genius we think. Wherefore, I am never tired of saying that it is not the finely endowed, the talented, the strong, who shall see life as it is, but they who are round, like life, and deep and broad and sound. While the wrangle grows loud, and truth is said to be this or that, and arguments thicken that it lies here, lies there, in this motive, in this fact, or that equivocation or accom- modation are in league with truth, or that silence always is right, no matter what the appearance be, or that one may deceive in love and war, and many debates to such-like purpose, flying like vampire bats around a cause that lies bleeding, — while this wrangling goes on, there comes a wise man of the ancients say- ing, " To speak the truth is to say what contains not the least harm to any one.'' Then how the air clears, how the fogs fly! Oh, what a definition that is! A saying comparable for spirit- ual insight to that of Jesus, " By this ye shall know that ye are my disciples, if ye have love one for another." Both these say- ings reach down to the unity of humanity, by which it exists as one body of many parts in vital union, so that nothing which is an injury to the least can be a truth or honor, or a privilege or an advantage, or aught but a pain, to the highest or the greatest 0! friends, what wondrous fibres these are that are spun back and forth between us! I heard a good man and a poet say once that he could not conceive how he talked back and forth with any human fellow, except through God. What in- finite length of web, invisible and dim, binds us all together! What is the ruystery of this spiritual coordination, tins connection, by which all live or all die in one act, in one instant, through waves of force that go from soul to soul in circles and spread forever, these Hues of influence that play all through O A GRATEFUL SPIRIT. society like common nerves by which the pain or pleasure, the vice or virtue of each adds its quantum to the common weal or woe which all do feel, these ineffable wonders, — what is this but the image, I would rather say the body, of that Supreme Unity on which u the many" rest? All our issues are received into the bosom of God. Jesus says that the supreme mercy rains alike on the evil and the good, makes those gracious drops to fall on the righteous and the unrighteous alike. Ay; but those drops first ascended from the earth, they are our issues received into His bosom; and they come back as they went forth, from all of us, upon all of us, on the just and the unjust, — the combined drop which both the bad and the good here dis- tilled and evaporated forth; and both must receive it again. Often I look at a little child with awe, to think how at those little feet, — so little, so helpless, so dear, — at those little feeble feet, a city, a continent, a world, focuses its rays. On the little head rain such hot vibrations and cool ones, such light rays, such dark ones. And alas! what part of them from me? "Where go my words, my looks, nay, my very thoughts, desires, hopes, and whatever may be most hidden, which make motions in the brain that must fall somewhere, and start tides of waves to prattle or dash on a human body and soul? Oh bless, bless the good things that go on their way from us, as often they do, — God be thanked! — soft as angels' wings who guide to will and to do! Blessed be the gratefulness, the loves, the unselfish sacrifices, the innocences and heroisms, that float like clouds in heaven and descend on babies' heads like summer rain, first lifted up from us! From all this, again, I gather, as to the objects or causes of gratefulness, that we must not give thanks by comparison. That is a sad and mean selfishness, and unfeelingness. It is not well to give thanks that we are not as others are, in danger, or in want, or in pain. The Pharisee's thanksgiving, "Lord I thank thee that I am not as other men are," seems to be con- demned by the common agreement of mankind, as well as by the gentle Jesus. But if it be hardhearted or vulgar to feel spiritual exultation, to give thanks for greater virtue or piety or knowledge than falls to another's lot, is it any better, tell me, to be thankful that we excell a neighbor in goods, possessions, a "-:-' AiZT honor, house, lands, weal:!, strength, power, pleasures, com- forts? Let u roniplacent hy comparison. I have read rhere, --I am sad when I find myself la not that good? Truly, we ought all to understand the feeling of shame over triumph. I know not always how I >.h feel, hut how I ought I know; and if I were conscious of a gulf or difference between me and any other, I know it ought to be less painful to me to be on the humble side : : it; for it is inspiring to look up, but it is torture to look down. It a great thing to gaze, far up the height, on some perfect saintliness above. How glorious it seems, how above all reach ! but why? Because it is the law of that very heigh. :: that character that stands thereon, that by a mirage in that high atmosphere, I, poor and imperfect, am lifted to that cloud-land, and the saint sees iae only on the level of h:^ tt~. Charles Sumner said he knew no other rule of right for a good nation, than that which is binding on a good man. He struck in that saying the key-note of morality, the key in which Time forever must compose melodies. The saying is the more worthy and timely what : ; allowed to be true and binding in near relations, often is held to be foolish or sentbr. when distributed or enlarged. But I appeal to experiment. Never yet has it been thought to try whether the love that create a home may not be potent to pr state ; whether the tender jus- I he forbearance, the helping hand, the endearme n t ce ment friendship, may not also be the force* that can conver: _ enemy, or bring an alien to our arms. Wha: haps, what! scatter your heart about at the store - at the house? - sprinkling the byways with love that belongs at home, :: I ~ere pouring myself out in spray from a waterin: . truly, friend: and yet I counsel not anything inconsistent with a gentle and delicate reserve. ZZ/j ■:- hH be more love it home when there is more abroad, and never before. The only justification of my loving any one person, is that it is little focussing of a great wide human love; for other- : private af- fections are simply a miser's goods. A sense of fellowhu- with h mankind must he at the bottom of any personal fellowship, how- t i private and tender, if it is to be rescued from greediness. Will a man love mother or wife or sister nobly, think you, who care 3 not 8 A GRATEFUL SPIRIT. whether other women go unsheltered, so his he housed well? By what name may we call the feeling of the father for his little son if the man go about every day blind and deaf to all the tempta- tions that the dear sons of other men must meet in these flaunt- ing streets? I perceive that it is a plain law of love that he who hates anything, or is unmoved by the claim of the whole, thereby is stopped by God from loving any one worthily, and his senti- ment only reels and staggers like a drunkard about the little circle of his private indulgences. But my text says, "Oh give thanks unto the Lord, for he is good. " "He is good." Notice, it says not, good to us; simply, "He is good." Gratefulness, as I have said, makes no compar- isons. It is not more or less because fortune be more or less than once it was, or than another's is now Gratefulness is not quickened because our plenty is very plain, and shines by con- trast against some wider want or common poverty. Grateful- ness inspires not thanks that we are not as other men are. It simply lifts up the spirit to acknowledge with joy the infinite goodness of God. The Hindoos have a saying that a benefit finds its only measure in the worth of those who have received it. It may be of more or less outward value, its real worth is measured by its reception, — whether ignobly and sordidly, or generously and humanely received. Says Lord Bacon, "If a man be thankful for small benefits, it shows that he weighs men's minds, and not their trash." All getting ourselves into a corner with our hearts and interests, the cutting off ourselves from the general import and body of humanity, this is not gratefulness, but ungratefulness. We may not give thanks because something is ours and not anothers'; this is not gratitude, but miserly chuckling. Samuel Johnson called patriotism " the last refuge of a scoundrel " — not because there is not a noble and humane love of country possible and glorious, but because a fierce and mean partisanship may cover a skulking selfishness at enmity with the race, To speak thus is simply the expression of our great joy in the universe, the great joy we may feel in the benignant and blessed Power in which we are ; a gladness and grateful- ness oh! not, not that God shows us favors, and covers us, with blessings, but that he is Favor and Blessing, and Love and A GEATEFUL SPIRIT. 9 Peace and Goodness everywhere ; a sense of trust in that things are as they are ; of adoration, simply, of infinite Good- ness; of sympathy with the gladness of creatures, and tender desires toward those creatures, w T ith joy when our desires appear heaming in their happiness. True gratefulness will not single out ourselves, but ratner merge us in all beings, until we are filled with joy that there is so much joy, and that is all; of which joy our own is the least part and is most worthy in what it draws from our love of others. Not to give thanks that we are better off than others, but to make some others better off than they were, that is the impulse of the grateful soul — to improve the state of somebody, to add some drop of the oil of comfort or the wine of joy — a privilege, or some good thing, or a happiness bestowed. Think of this a moment, — What is God but infinite Bestowal and the Joy of it? And there are abodes of little cheer, yes, sometimes I think of no cheer; there are such things — think of that — left for our spheres of bestow T al. Some barren land may be converted into a land of milk and honey by us, by vs. Think what happiness so may be shed about, and what a thing happiness is! Mrs. Jameson says it is as dignified and sacred a thing as morality ; and it may be fruitful in a very lovely morality, being a constant encouragement and lifting, if it be taken gratefully. Then think, by this help of ours, what thanksgiving, that is, what forms of utterance of this grateful spirit, may go out like songs, like glad songs mingling with ours, yea, a part of our very own, concerted all together like melodies in a harmony, each lovely in itself, but loveliest with all others together — by this help of ours. AT PEACE WITH THINGS. " May this be a day of blessings to yon — sweet content with what is." "Thanks to the human heart by which we live, thanks to its tenderness, its joys and fears." These words corne to my mind on rising to speak to you, because I cannot look on you without emotions of wonder, of joy, of fear, of humility. Neither can I fail to gather much strength and hope from your faces, albeit I understand and feel deejay how pathetic and how humbling the fact is that people come to listen to the preacher week by week. And yet I have learned long ago that a friend may be scripture to us and speak scripture to us; yea, in the faces of some friends do I read scripture written in golden light, and in their words, their warnings, their tidings of affection, I find poems and scriptures as glorious as the songs of the morn- ing stars. To-day I will take even a text from a friend's mouth, as from Scripture. One wrote tome not long ago, " May this be a day of blessings to you — sweet content with what is." I paused with reverence over the benediction. It were enough if it had been " May this be a day of blessings to you." Then would have come trooping to my mind all the possible blessings of a day, which, as old George Herbert said, "hang in clusters, they come trooping upon us, they break forth like mighty waters on every side." I should have thought, mayhap, of the things that make a day happy, of what we call successes or pleasures. But there followed these words instantly, " sweet conte t with what zs," as the sum of a day of blessings. This indeed contained so deep and so blissful a thought, that I could not but follow it, and found it scripture to my soul. In the spirit of this saying I shall speak to you to-day of being at peace with things ; and I shall aim to give you reasons why we should be at peace with things, 12 AT PEACE WITH THINGS. for I find myself greatly helped by seeing the reason for any good action or right spirit, and the unreasonableness of the opposites of them. For though I may answer correctly when good precepts are urged on me, or when they seem to cry aloud to me, in this general way, I find often that this is no sure armor when the combat comes and the strife has me in its grasp, but is lost in the exigency or emotion. The precept comes not to hand to help me at this critical point, because it has not become a part of thought, a part of thought I say, but is only my own unheeding assent to a common currency of sentiment. Thus, it is easy to say we ought to be at peace with things; but when the trouble presses, what then? what becomes of the say- ing? The mere precept falls out of sight; it avails not, because we have not made it the substance of our thinking, so as to see how reasonable it is, and how unreasonable not to be peace with things. The world is full of the discords and the troubles, the complaints, the sighs which come of not having wrought this peace into the fibres of our thoughts. The poor continually are sighing for the middle estate, so that a great deal of strength and time goes into sighing which should go into earning. And the middle estate envies the power of the very rich, and feels as poor as the poorest. And the very rich, what are they doing meantime, but longing and sighing and often groaning with the cares, which their easy but not wealthy neighbors never feel, yet seem to cry aloud to sutler. Therefore it is wise and useful to give a principle which may become thought within us, and show us why it is so reasonable to be at peace with things. Now I have observed this, — I say it is a matter of observa- tion, — that when we are not at peace with things, but at war, we are going about not looking at the whole of our lot, but only at some things in it; and these things we compare enviously with some things in the lots of others. But consider how unreasonable this is. Against which unreasonableness, this is the principle I offer, namely, that we must take our lot as a whole; and so taken, we never would exchange it for any other, because always we shall find some one thing at least too precious to be parted with. And if we have some one thing so precious that we would not part with it for anything, what is that but having our lot very precious indeed therewith? Is it not foolish to AT PEACE WITH THINGS. 13 think of taking the best things out of many lots, one thing out of this condition, another out of that situation, and so, keeping all our own delights too, thereupon grumbling because we can- not have this artificial compound made up by us as a workmen mixes stuffs? We must take our lot as it comes to us. And how comes it to us? Emerging from the multitude of conditions around us and far back of us, which are divine. From these it emerges holy, God-made., And would we change it for any other? No, because we have something in it that we would not give up. Then if it be unnatural to make a human lot by striv- ing to piece together the best things out of all other lots about us, and if it be natural and reasonable to take our lot all as one thing, as it comes forth from God's hand, and if, so taken, we would not change it for any other, why, then how foolish and childish it is to grumble at this lot, which, nevertheless, we would not part with if we could. Every one of us can think easily of things he would not part with for all other things of the great rich earth put together. It may be a wife or husband, whose daily strength and cheer compass us, and take up, as in a skilled and strong hand, the very hardness of some of our conditions, like a flint, whereon then with their hearts they strike sparks forth, which either light the darkness or kindle a fire whereat we may warm ourselves. It may be some precious companionship of mind or heart or soul, which may pack every day with rich experiences, with knowledge of life, because life abounds so in that union, with glowing thoughts or radiant expression ; and these things freight memory for a life-voyage with great sustenance, and we never can be hungry unto utter pain or weakness. Or it may be perhaps dear children, whose daily sweetness nobody knows but us, the daily observers. And how precious and lovely it is to be daily observers of these little lives that are ours to cherish, the precious first-born to young parents mayhap, or the lovely last-born to the old, or the group of midway younglings who fill your house with a gaiety which is like birds in a grove, in whose music your own springtime comes again, better even than it was in your own early years. Or the son whose manly worth is a proud joy to you; or the daughter whose grace is like willows over graves, so beautiful and such message of comfort it is! Or it i4 AT PEACE WITH THINGS. may be a brother or sister or father or mother, or friend. Nay, it may be but the work you are doing day by day, doing nobly, doing secretly mayhap; and all the more wondrous comfort and preciousness may lie in it if it be known only to a few who thank us for it with all their souls. Nay, it may not even be any of these things, but only a memory of them all, or of some of them; that kind of memory in which a delicious companion- ship we once had is immortal; memories of little men-children or women-children who slid off our breasts, too narrow for them, to the wide earth and the heavens, but off of our breasts deep as those heavens with memory and love. Nay, I can conceive of a look, of an expression on some face, when it is not known we are observing it, of a hand-touch, of a depth in the eyes, which, having once had or seen we would not exchange for "the wealth of seas and the spoils of war." Now if every one can think easily of such-like things in his lot, mayhap of some one thing only which he would not part with for all other things together, think for an instant what a fact that is! Is it not a thing of deep moment, of wonder, of divinity, that every one has some- thing he would not exchange for all other things? Surely this is something to fasten on. So long as the mind dwells on this, there will be no moment for repining. And is it not reasonable, I say, to dwell most and longest on that possession which is worth more than all the world to us, which we would not think of bartering for all the best things together that all the other persons have? Surely this is very reasonable, as it is also very simple. And yet it is the secret of the happy and grateful spirit which is at peace with things. This oneness of our lot, whereby it must be taken all parts together as a unit, is a fact that reaches far back into past generations, nay, into a past which sinks in itself until it is lost and even Time seems gone. We could not change one portion of our lot, and leave another as it is, without altering conditions back into so shadowy a realm that truly we should know not where we were, — without changing the order of things. "It takes all mankind to make a man," a poet says, " and each man when he dies takes a whole earth away with him." When the child in your arms smiles, the little flexible mouth and the eyelids, the dimpled cheeks, move just as they do, and not AT PEACE WITH THINGS. 15 otherwise, by causes which ran back out of sight until they are lost iri God : and when two little children smile, the expressions are as diflerent as the past conditions from which they have come so mysteriously. Away, far beyond all reckoning and all imag- inings, you began to be made. In what did you begin? What was the first forecast of you? Truly, when I ask this question I am led much more to wonder whether I began at all. What kind of creatines, plants, passions, thoughts, then flourished on this earth, when, if ever, I began, when the something that was to bloom in me took its beatihc life? Nay, where indeed was the earth perhaps? You must have begun in it in some way when it was yet "without form and void." Something there was which the prediction of you. What forms and progressions led to you, what myriads of conspiring atoms worked together when your features began to be foretold far back? And a like multi- tude of forces and atoms toiled together through aeons of ages to the making of all other persons who came near to any one of the long line of human beings from whom you have come, or any other person who has touched your own life in the present. All sprung out of that same unfathomable depth, and all have joined together to make your lot what it is. I wonder not that John Weiss said that the most religious thing in the universe is any fact whatever. Thus we are obliged to look at our lot as one whole, because such an infinity of causes has worked together to make it; yea, an in fin ity of causes has worked on every little part of it, and the simplest thing in our lot would be a little different if even one of this multitude had been absent or had been changed. Now to look so at our lot as a whole, what is it but to regard it as we do any natural product, a flower, a tree, a mountain? We may find some flaw in each of these if we look with an eye seeking flaws, which is a very bad kind of an eye; we may see flaws in any natural thing, I say, whereby it falls short of the ideal of its shape or structure. But we look at the object all as one, and call it beautiful and grand, and take it thankfully, knowing that the conditions which have turned its parts this way or that way are inline a surable and hidden in Nature's store-house, which is the same as to say in the bosom of the life of God. In a like way we must think of our lot as a natural product, whose conditions and formation we cannot 16 AT PEACE WITH THINGS. fathom. And if we find it, thus taken all as one, too precious to be exchanged, it is foolish and ungrateful and impious to com- plain of a lot which we would not barter if we could for any other that ever we have seen; and, if we look, it seems to be like a feature in the countenance of God. " Gentle pilgrim, if thou know The garment old of Pan, And how the hills began, The frank blessings of the hill Fall on thee— as fall they will." Now when nature thus has laid out our fate and lot, pre- pared during countless ages of the workings of countless forces, then we see at once that our own will comes into play. It makes a great difference how we act on the circumstances which this far-working Providence has brought around us. Let us look at this. We see in our lot bright things and dark things. The dark things are those which we shall complain of unless we take thought to be reasonable. The bright things include those which are too precious to allow the thought of exchanging them. What shall we do if we be wise and reasonable? How shall we act on this lot of ours? My answer is, — We shall be careful to look mainly at the brightness, at the bright things. If we do that, we shall get a great supply of light by which we can see our way in the world. It is very strange that we who need a lamp for our feet through all the wondrous, strange, complex ways of life, nevertheless put away the bright things which will shed light for us, and look at the dark things. And still more, if we look at bright things they give understanding how to look reasonably and patiently on the darker things ; for not only have these bright things a light to show us how to walk our path, but they show us the dark things in that path in such a way that we can understand better why they shine not, and the light leads to comprehension of the shadows. Especially we should look long and lovingly on those bright things which are so precious and dear as to be prized above all possessions and wealth, dearer to us than all other things together. Why should we look for the bad when the good is by us? And why look most on aught but the best? If we have a AT PEACE WITH THINGS. 17 picture hi which a rare genius and rich knowledge of life have joined feeling and fancy, shall we be blind to this because some parts are out in the drawing? Once I stood looking, rapt, at a marvelous piece of sculpture, as it seemed to me, an old man, who looked out wonderingly, with the simple pathos of wonder, into a great distance, which seemed to have become a distance and marvel to him while he was asleep, — familiar and close at hand before. There was to my mind an exquisite ten- derness, patience, pathos and wonder in the old face, in the raised hand, in all the attitude, at once so feeble and yet so strong. And as I stood admiring it, a friend at my side said, having been speechless all the time before, " Don't you think that fore-arm is a little too long? " I confess my heart sank within me a little, for I would fain not have had my own atten- tion directed to bad, when good was by me so beautifully. If we have a gem of gleaming lustre, shall we fill our eyes with flaws in it? If there are dear faces in which souls shine, in which life's central mysteries send waves of feeling back and forth twixt the heart and the margins, the mouth, the eyes, who will stop before such beauty to pick out a mole in the features? Even so it is wise to look at our fortunes, holding our eyes on the inestimable things, which no one could buy from us with all the wealth of worlds; for thus we shall keep at peace with all things among which are such precious things. But again, I say the dark things in our lot either are in our power or are not in our power. It is familiar to you, from my long preaching to you, that I draw a great deal of help from the old distinction of the Stoics, that all things are of two classes, the things which are in our power and the things which are not in our power. Now the dark things are either in our power or not, that is, if they continue to exist, or if they remain dark, it is either our own fault, or else it is beyond our power. Well, if the things we complain of are in our power, then is it not foolish to repine? For we have simply to change and cure them, being powerful over them. Before we complain indeed, it will be well to ask very closely whether the evils be not in our power to be cured, and come not by our own fault; for we shall be surprised at the many ills which prove to be of our own making if we study them well. Many persons go through life complain- 18 AT PEACE WITH THINGS. ing of troubles which are hut their own ignorance or idleness or envy or wastefulness or ill manners, or ingratitude or heedless- ness, transformed to plague them, like flies breeding in decay; and they will not clear away the breeding heaps. There are hopeless ills, I know (I think I hear some of you saying this to me), — there are ills which once done cannot be healed. Yes, they are sad ills, the most woful kind — wreck and ruin of the heart. But these evils always give us warnings before they fall on us. Nature never yet broke her pact with any soul, no, nor in these woful things ever took a heart by surprise; nay, she is prodigal of warnings. Nature sends troops of heralds to tell us of the danger first; but the dread last time, the on ce-too- often of our selfishness or blindness, shuts the record forever. And if by anger or malice or selfishness or neglect we have turned these evils loose to settle on us, how complain we then if they last forever? If you turn love adrift, for example, into storms, to bear what may be, while you sit and nurse yourself in ease, will you murmur then if love freeze, or die hunger-smitten by the way- side, and is dead? If you seek not, or half seek an end, will you sit down childishly and cry because you gain it not? If you have wasted years in riot or in idleness, can you complain, like a whining school-boy, because time will not move backward to make good your truancy? If you have leaped recklessly, or been fool-hardy, will you - whimper that you picked not the fruit of wisdom and painstaking? If you have cast away chances by misbehavior, what a thing it is to grumble because the oppor- tunity comes not your way again. Yet the world is full of weak wailings for good things, whose price nevertheless the one who wails simply will not pay, and of complaints at ills whose condi- tions he who complains makes for himself. Thus much of the dark things that are in our power. But now, if the dark things in our lot be not in our power, and not our own fault, then it is our part to bear them nobly ; and there is no greater nobility than patient and noble enduring. When a trouble cannot be removed, then there is a high way of taking it up, as it were, in our hands and laying it right on our hearts, and pressing it there hard without murmuring. This is the field both of kindness and of religion. It is the field of kindness, for there are many ills in life that, not being our own fault, befall us by AT PEACE WITH THINGS. 19 the fault of others. What shall we do with these? Well, we must take them in a kind, forbearing, forgiving, merciful way. Oh I know I am preaching a hard doctrine; but it is heaven's doctrine, it is truth, it is ideal, it is divine living. To murmur savagely, to complain churlishly, is revengeful, and to whimper pettishly is ignoble. "Let us beware," said an old Stoic, " of feeling towards the cruel as they feel towards others," taking any evil in a way that may be as harsh as the injury and more gross. If we are loaded with ills by another's act, let us not burden ourselves more by ill taking of the ill. Nay, I have thought sometimes that there is no great ill, except the bad way in which we take the ill. For, remember this, — if we cannot teach another what is right, or make him wiser than to harm us, that is a good reason for being very meek in ourselves, as a wise Stoic said; and if we cannot cure the ill, there is left the dignity of bearing it quietly; and that is a decoration by God. And this, again, is the field of religion. For if the ills of our lot are not in our power, and are not the fault of others, then they belong in the order of that mysterious and holy providence which has prepared our way and cleft a path for us, running back far beyond our sight, and forward, and all along the way within his holy counsel. In this we stand on the edge of the solemn, mighty, infinite Law and Order. We cannot tell where the facts of our lot were wrought on the star-forges of the heavens, £ « what anvils rang, what hammers beat" to shape our destiny; we know not how the holy past in which God worked in his perfec- tion prepared the way for us through myriads of ages, nor can we see how we, held as in the hollow of a hand by that same order, that same infinite mercy, are preparing for others to come. Nay, I said we cannot see how God worked in his per- fection ; but we cannot see even that there is perfection, for the sweep of view that reveals Divinity is as hard to us, as to see all around a sphere. But we can see that there is blessedness and beauty, we can behold order reigning; even though we have to look through immense reaches of space, and over vast aeons of time to see this order, because it is too grand to be seen in the little events at our feet, which nevertheless are in it. Still, so looking, we do see it, a sight of glory and of rapture; and the heavens lying in the lap of it. It has no " shadow of turning," 20 AT PEACE WITH THINGS. no changeableness, no unrest, no shifting, veering, nor swerving, nor shuffling, no pause, no stop, no truce. It is never sorry for anything done, nor in haste to do aught. It is the same Almighty Life, Thought and Power forever and ever and ever, in the beginning, now, and worlds without end. We can see the hands thereof moving in the infinite heavens, we can not behold that hand reaching down to pick up the least part of our life and send it going in an order as infinite and heavenly as the starry spaces. Yet so it does. Our joys that hand takes up and sets them in the heavens, if we will but look, if we will but know the hand and know that it takes up our joys into the heavens, where they are like stars shining, beautiful, celestial. And our woes too that hand takes up, our sorrows, our struggles, our failures and our sins, that we may repent and strive again, our losses and our disappointments (and how terri- ble those may be when we have set our hope very high and very preciously), our long toils that seem so unrewarded and never are unrewarded, our daily utter weariness perhaps, when night comes, with our terrible toil. And all the turmoil and wrong and outrage, and faithfulness and desertion and greed and robbery and hard- ness of heart, all these too that hand takes up; for the power of God is like the atmosphere or the sea, that takes all the earth's smoke and waste, and is not stained. If we see and feel and know of that hand, then we shall gain a new power — " The insanity of towns to stem, With simpleness for stratagem." We have but to remember that this whole order is God's thinking. In it the heavens swim, and in the heavens the earth sails, and on the earth we are. We therefore are of the earth, which is of the heavens, which are of God's thinking; and in his life and power, then, is our lot held and made. Whatever it be therefore, in the sorrow and pains that are not in our power, let us recall that it floats in the thinking of God, and tread solemnly and piously. To be at peace with things thus, is to be at peace with God. Therefore let us, who may be scriptures unto each other, beware how we live in this matter, and how we speak. If we have a friend who needs aid and counsel, write not to him that you pray that he be delivered and that the cup pass him by; nay, AT PEACE WITH THINGS. 2 1 but say, " Brother, like the Jews of old who always prayed with their faces toward Jerusalem, I turn myself towards thee now and beseech that strength be given thee, strength, knowledge and courage to say and do the right, which shall make thee at peace with things. I ask not to have thy burden lifted, but for strength and light to see that it is well, and for courage to bear bravely and cheerfully. Oh my brother, I would not dare peti- tion to have burdens taken away. We know not the workings of the Infinite; we are not able to tell the future; even the events of a moment we cannot forecast. How foolish and undevout it is, then, to fret and to be anxious. Let us have faith. I bid thee be of good courage and cheer! " And for ourselves, let us not hedge the influence and import of our wills by murmurs, complaints and moans against the whole order of living things (and all things are living things), nor mutter and sigh and make outcry about things not in our power, but in the Almighty Keeping of God. Thus I have tried to show the reasonableness of being at peace with things: Because we should take our lot as one thing, just as the infinite of God brings it to us. Because so taken we never shall wish to exchange it, since it holds some things too precious to be parted with. Because we ought to look long and gratefully at these precious things if they are worth more to us than all other things together, until we get light from them to show us our way. Because many of the ills are our own fault, and we should cure them and not groan about them. Because of the ills not our own fault, and not in our power, some are made by other persons, and these we arc to take with a forbearance like unto God's mercy; and some are inwoven with the unchangeable order of God's laws, and these we are to take with piety, looking up unto his Infinity of Power and his Eternity of Love. YAHWEH IN THE BIBLE. This morning I shall speak to you of Yahweh in the Bible. Yahweh is the same as Jehovah, but is the more correct pronun- ciation. Nevertheless we cannot be sure that this is the true sound of it, as it was spoken by the Hebrews of old. The sound of that holy name was forgotten by the Hebrews because it was held by them so holy that it might not be spoken without sacrilege. According to the Rabbinical tradition, it might be spoken but once in the year, and then by only one man in the nation, namely, the High Priest when he entered annually into the Holy of Holies in the Temple. Beyond this it could never be spoken; and that tradition has come down so unbroken among the Jews that in their synagogues to-day, in their reading of the Script- ures, they put another word in the place of Yahweh when they come to that name in the text. Now perhaps this may be a superstition; I will not say it is not. Indeed, I know that the human spirit in sincerity is free of the whole universe, to use and to speak what it will. And yet that old superstition had a high and holy beauty about it, in my mind. It is in the spirit of the words of Sir Thomas Browne, which always pleased me ; he says, u I confess I am naturally inclined to that which misguided zeal temis superstition. My conversation I do acknowledge austere, my behavior full of rigor, sometimes not without morosity; yet at my devotion I love to use the civility of my knee, my hat and my hand, with all the outward and sensible motions which may express or promote my invisible devotion." " I should violate mine own arm," he says, " rather than a church, and I could never hear the Ave-Mary bell without an elevation." I like that tender and delicate spirit of devotion which thus takes up with soft and reverent touch all that belongs to things sacred and 24 YAHWEH IN THE BIBLE. religious. The quick, harsh, sudden and familiar use of sacred names seems to me unreligious, even irreligious, and very sad. I like not those, nor do I think much of their piety, on whose lips the Sacred Name is taken oftenest and most easily ; and when it is taken, I like the custom of that reverent and holy man who never could say the name of Gcd without a little pause, and a hush and lowering of the tcne. We speak of the whispers of love; why not also the softened tone, the whisper, the reverent utterance and the hush of simple and pure religious feeling? Quiet is in itself so holy and so lovely that it belongs in holy places, and with sacred and religious names. "A wide quiet," saith a poet, very beautifully, " A wide quiet on the hilltops fall- ing," and the same singer speaking of his presence on a hill, by hills surrounded and lifted high up into the blue of a summer sky, says: " Niched in the mighty minster we, Beneath the dome of radiant blue : Cathedral-hush on every side, And worship breathing through. The Silence, awful living word, Behind all sound, behind all thought, Whose speech is Nature-yet-to-be, The Poem yet unwrought." Thus would I that quiet and holy silence and hush of voice should invest sacred names and thoughts. Parker says it is beautiful to have a pious mind, and sometimes to speak therefrom, and the love of God, he says, may cover over all our lives with sim- ple beauty and joy;but " unhappy is the man or woman who tat- tles thereof, foaming at the mouth in some noisy conference, as in a village cur barks to cur; but blessed is he whose noiseless piety sweetens his daily toil, filling the house with the odor of that ointment." Epictetos advises thus, " Think of God oftener than you breathe." Ah yes, think of him in everything, in thine awaking, in thy fresh strength in the morning, at thy morning meal and thy morning labor, and thy noon-day rest; and when the night descends with its quiet, and its sentinels of stars watch- ing the holy peace, then think of him; and when thou liest down to sleep and art not afraid, think of him. In the rain- drop, in the bird's music, in the glorious light of day, in the march of the orbs of the heavens, think of him. Think of him YAHWEH IN THE BIBLE. 25 in thy friendships and thy loves, in thy home circles; in the dig- nity of thy daily toils too, and under the sweet refreshing quality of thy fatigue which laps thee in holy slumber, think of him. Think of him, ah yes! But that is the emphasis, — Think of him. Speak not of him. If Epictetus had said, Speak of God oftener than you breathe, surely we should have felt no religion therein, and nothing like to the grand, old, patient slave-philosopher, no, but some profaneness and impiety. Therefore I say it was a high and holy superstition, if you call it such, which kept the holy name among the Jews from being taken into their mouths familiarly and commonly. If we wish to gain some idea of what Yahweh was to the old Hebrew race, we must try to get a glimpse of the times before Moses. There we shall find that the ancient Yahweh was with- out doubt a Nature-god, as in the primitive beginnings of religion all the greatest deities are. For man naturally personifies first those'things which most strike his senses; and that which first does that office for him is light and darkness, the glory of the sun which daily is swallowed up in the night, and again comes forth in the morning ; so that the great deities which began reli- gion were Nature-gods, and almost always either sun-gods, that is personifications of the sun's power and light, or else heaven- gods, that is rulers over the atmostphere and the clouds ; and sometimes the two were joined together ; and this was probably the case with Yahweh. Now, wherever you find a Nature-god you will find, first, that the deity is unmoral, I say not immoral, but unmoral ; because the sun shines, the morning rises, the night de- scends, the rain falls, on the good and bad alike, without distinction. Nature makes no moral separations. Wherefore the Nature-gods show their favors and give their benign offices to those that serve them, but without regard at first to the moral condition of those that serve. So it was with Yahweh, as we may find traces in the Bible itself; as, for example in the fraud by which Jacob obtained the birthright of his brother, a fraud nevertheless which is smiled on by Yahweh when once the patriarch's word and faith are pledged to it. 1 Nature-gods, again, are either pleasure-loving deities, whom you will find most where nature is soft and benign 1. Gen. XXVII, XXVIII. 26 • YAHWEH IN THE BIBLE. and the earth easily yields her increase ; or they are stern, austere, and terrihle deities, as you will find most where the country is fierce and wild, and storms abound and the soil is rocky. This was the character of Yahweh. He was a god belonging far back in the Armenian hills whence the Hebrew race came. He was a stern, merciless, austere and terrible deity, delighting in human sacrifice, as the Bible plainly shows. It was ordained among the Hebrews that the first-born of every creature, man included, should be devoted and sacrificed to Yahweh in commemoration of the exodus from Egypt; 1 and it is probable that sometimes this dreadful doom was carried out literally, before, and even perhaps after, it became lawful to substitute a payment in money for the sacrifice of the first born of men. We see too in the stories of Abraham, 2 and of Jephthah's 3 daughter, that the notion of human sacrifice by no means was foreign to the Hebrew thought. Such then was the Yahweh of the tribes in Goshen. He was perhaps a tribal god, worshiped by only one of the tribes, or perhaps he was worshiped by all of them, this common worship giving them perhaps a certain loose unity and nationality in their life in Goshen. Into this condition of things came the colossal influence of Moses. The great religious work of Moses was two- fold. First, he chose a god for all Israel and proclaimed that he alone should be worshiped, that he only was Israel's deity ; and Moses chose for that god not any pleasure-loving divinity, or any less grand deity than the austere, mighty and terrible Yahweh. The second part of Moses' religious work was to invest that choice with moral conceptions, as he did by the ten Words or Command- ments, which we may suppose date back to Moses more surely and competely than any other part of the early books of the Bible. Thus it was Moses' great glory that not only he chose a grand and austere and terrible deity, and not a pleasure-loving one, for his people, but he joined religion with life, and made piety to depend on right conduct and good living. We cannot honor to highly such a great work as that at that early date. Indeed we must admit there are traces that the work could not be completed at once, and we cannot be sure just how 1. Exod, XIII, 11—15 : XXII, 29—30. 2. Gen. XXII. 3. Judges XI, 30-40 YAHWEH IN THE BIBLE. 27 much of this lofty and pure conception lay unclouded and clear in Moses' own mind. For example, we find the narrative that when Yahweh looked down from the mountain, and beheld the people worshiping the golden calf, he fell into a great fit of wrath, and told Moses he would destroy all that rebellious race of people and build up a new race from Moses himself. And Moses then besought him not to do so, using a very strange argument, one would think, to address to a holy and grand deity ; his plea is, If the Lord destroy his people that he has brought from the land of Egypt, the Egyptians will mock at the Lord, and say, Behold for evil he took them out from the land of Egypt, to slay them in the mountains and consume them from the face of the earth. 1 And again it is related that Moses wished to see the face of God, and God told him that his face could not be seen by any one without death to him ; but he said, I will set you in a cleft of the rock, and then I will pass by, and as I pass by I will put my hand over your eyes to shield you from beholding my face which would be death to you, and when I have passed by, then you may look forth and see my back as I go on. 2 Thus we behold ascribed even to Moses and his time these inferior conceptions of the nature of Yahweh. Yet Moses' choice, and his association with it of moral conceptions, was a strong seed which grew and prospered and developed in a spiritual direction. From which it followed that there began a struggle between the people on one side, who remained for generations on generations sunk in the lower conceptions, and the prophets on the other, who laid hold on the spirituality of the religion which Moses planted, and followed it to the heights. Let us then look for a moment at the conception of Yahweh among the people alone, then at the conception which the people held with the prophets in one, and then at the conception which the prophets held all alone, beyond and above the people. The Hebrew people held sensuous conceptions of Yahweh. They made images of him, or at least images symbolical to them, notwithstanding the prohibition in their law. They had at one time in their history, the image of a bull, worshiped at different places in Palestine, associated, no doubt, with thoughts of Yahweh. 1. Exod. XXXII, 7—14. 2. Exod. XXXIII, 2C— 23. 28 YAHWEH IN THE BIBLE. They always conducted their worship in a sensuous manner, by external sacrificial rites. They held the idea that by sacrificing to Yahweh they could propitiate him, and that he was pleased with the smell of sacrifice and incense. They believed that in some shape he lived on the Ark between the Cherubim of that mysterious structure, so that they felt strong wherever they could carry the Ark with them ; and when it was taken by the enemy, all courage deserted them. 1 The people also believed that Yahweh was one of many gods. For hundreds of years the prophets were warring with the people against their worship of other gods. The people bowed to the gods of the nations round about them; they thought that Yahweh indeed was the greatest and grandest of deities, but still that others were worthy of their adoration, and must be appeased. The ideas which the people and the prophets held together were these : Yahweh was thought to be Israel's God in partic- ular; he loved Israel; he had chosen that people, and cared noth- ing for the other nations of the earth, — indeed he was a foe of all other nations; but Israel he would nurse and bring to great glory, because they were his own chosen people, and he was their God. Also, the prophets and people together conceived of Yahweh as having a local habitation and abiding place. Indeed, he could not be worshiped, according to their conception, outside of Palestine, because he was not there to be worshiped, only living with his chosen people in the places where they were. Hence it was a terrible thing among the ancient Hebrews to be banished from their land or country, because they were banished also from their God; he could not be found in the strange and foreign coun- tries they were driven to. 2 They also conceived that this local habitation was in the crystal heavens over the holy land which they occupied, and that there Yahweh dwelt and was the Yahweh of Hosts, which means the ruler of hosts of angels or messengers by which he executed his will on the earth, and also the ruler of the stars ; for in the Hebrews' conception the stars were associated in some way with the angels, and the Yahweh of Hosts meant the Yahweh of the heavenly bodies and the angelic armies. Now we come to the more glorious conception which the prophets held alone, to which the people had not risen. Chief 1. 1 Samuel IV. 2. 1 Samuel XXVI, 19. YAHWEH IX THE BIBLE. 29 and greatest among these was their view of the holiness of Yahweh. He was separated by his imimagined and inexpressible purity from all creation. He lived apart from it and above it, was not in any way mingled with it, was too pure to be in it. He was inexpressly exalted and holy, beyond all human conception, in the minds of the prophets. There are many passages of Scripture in the pro- phetic literature, expressing this very nobly: Isaiah says, "Holy, holy, holy is the Lord of Hosts. The whole earth is full of his glory," and in another place he calls Yahweh " the holy one of Israel." Amos says: (v, 21— 23,) " I hate, I despise your feasts; I have no delight in your solemn assemblies. When ye offer me burnt offerings and flour-offerings, I will not accept them. And upon the thank-offerings of your f atlings I will not look. Take ye away from me the noise of your songs, And the music of your harps let me not hear; Let justice flow forth as waters, And righteousness as a mighty stream! " That is to say, I will take no delight in the odour of your sacrifices and incense. For it was a part of this holiness of Yahweh in the minds of the prophets that he cared not for external worship but for the inward state of the heart, and that all sacrifice and ceremony were to him as naught. What he desired was the inward worship of right conduct. This was a sublime conception which the people had not reached. Hosea says, (vi, 6,) " I desire mercy and not sacrifice, The knowledge of God more than burnt offerings;" and again Isaiah (1, 11-17.) "What to me is the multitude of your sacrifices? saith Yahweh. I am satiated with burnt-offerings of rams, and the fat of the fed beasts ; In the blood of bullocks and of lambs and of goats I have no delight. 30 YAHWEH IN THE BIBLE. When ye come to appear before me, Who hath required this of you, to tread my courts? Bring no more false oblations! Incense is an abomination to me, The new moon also and the sabbath and the calling of the assembly; Iniquity and festivals I cannot endure. Your new moons and your feasts my soul hateth; They are a burden to me; I am weary of bearing them. When ye spread forth your hands, I will hide mine eyes from you ; Yea, when ye multiply prayers, I will not hear; 'Your hands are full of blood! Wash you ; make you clean ; Put away your evil doings from before mine eyes; Cease to do evil; Learn to do well; Seek justice; relieve the oppressed; Defend the fatherless; plead for the widow!" And again, those noble words from Micah, (vi, 6— s,) " Wherewith shall I come before Yahweh, And bow myself before the most high God? Shall I come before him with burnt offerings, With calves of a year old? Will Yahweh be pleased with thousands of rams, Or with ten thousands of rivers of oil? Shall I give my first-born for the sin of my soul, The fruit of my body for my transgression? " You will notice here that even in the times of Micah this thought of the possibility of human sacrifice was still so well known to the people that the prophet might mention it without fear of being misunderstood. Then says Micah, aswering his question glor- iously, " He hath showed thee, man, what is good; What doth Yahweh require of thee, But to do justly and to love mercy, And to walk humbly before thy God ? " This was a high, glorious and holy conception of Yahweh in the YAHWEH IN THE BIBLE. 31 minds of the prophets. They also considered him the only creator of all nature, and of all mankind. Nothing was made that was not made by Yalrweh. They spoke of him also as the one supreme ruler, lawgiver and power of the earth ; and among all the nations, not only over his chosen people, but over all other nations too, did he reign, according to the prophets, and would yet bring them to the holy city and to his own foot-stool in the enjoyment of the glory of the one God of Israel. That was the prophetic dream. Yahweh, too, in the minds of the prophets, was the giver of every blessing; no good thing but came from his hands. Also he was the giver of all calamities and evils. Amos says very plainly, " Shall evil be done in the city, and the Lord not do it ? " But not only so ; Yahweh also created and enforced moral evils. It was the Lord who hardened the heart of Pharaoh to prevent his people from going, that thus the Lord's wonders might be worked and the king punished. 1 Not only so, but he is represented by the prophets as hardening the hearts of his own people, 2 the Israelites, that he may show his glory and holiness by punishment of the wicked, before at last he brings all the chosen nation back to his mercy. Yahweh was the head of a moral government of the world, which he administered by penalties, that is, by natural and historical calamities, failures in war, loss of battles, subjugation by foreign peoples, storms, earth-quakes. Events of this kind were considered Yahweh's punishments for guilt. We look on such things now in a better and higher way. It is very hard for us to understand how religious people could conceive of their deity as deliberately hardening the hearts of his people in order that he might punish them for that same hardening of the heart. But we are dealing, we must remember, with people that never reasoned, never philosophized, were merely worshipers, primitive worshipers too at this time, full of their thoughts of wonders, signs and miracles. It has been always the genius of the Semitic peoples, the Hebrews, the Arabs and other like races, to conceive of their deities as outside of nature, making it, and ruling it from outside. Wherever that conception exists, it will be found to go with the notion of miraculous interference, of rul- ing by means of arbitrary penalties, sent in the shape of convul- 1. Exod, VII, 3. 2. Is, LXIII, 17. 32 YAHWEH IN THE BIBLE. sions of nature or historical calamities. But we conceive of God not as out of nature, but as in nature, living in nature; I would rather say indeed living na'ure, living it forth. He is nature. I might speak of Nature as the visibility, the audibility, the tangibility of God. And when we have that thought of him, not anywhere far off, always in all that he has made, or I would rather say all that he is now making or appearing, then we come into the realm of beautiful and glorious and living order, and all these strange ancient conceptions fly away like morning mists. Then we find order reigning from the least little atom to the most gigantic globe, in all the external domain of nature; and the little dew drop takes on its semi-globular shape on the leaf, and the rain drop falls in its fiery sphere, by the same laws that govern the revolution of the earth and the motions of the planets. And the same order rules in the moral sphere, whether it be in the small angers of the little child with which we wrestle in the nursery, or the uprisings of a city, or the gigantic clamors and wars and frantic wraths of a people, or the great struggles and moral turmoils, the crimes, the cruelties, of the whole earth. It is one law, one method, one nature that runs through all, and they are all taken up into the uttermost purposes of the same power of God. And the same order runs through all our joys. It is the same thing when the little child prattles and smiles in infantile gaiety, and when we with our larger knowledge exper- ience the joys of love, of friendship, of thought, even of mere healthy living, of glorious animal existence — the same thing through all, and up to the beatific songs of the seraphs ; it is the same glory, the same God-like fact, and all included in the one marvel of order, " the stream of tendency." Then, with this con- ception we take the last great step; we learn that law and love are one, are the same, " named with the Everlasting Name." Another point of the noble way in which the prophets regarded Yahweh was his unity. The prophets were monotheists strictly. They worshiped no other deity whatever. They were always struggling with the idolatries of the people, always proclaiming that there was but one God, and that one was Yahweh. The Hebrew prophets continually are saying in their own language that which is the noble utterance of the Koran, " There is no God but God." I call that a very noble utterance. It runs all YAHWEH IN THE BIBLE. 33 through the Arabian religion, " There is no God but God." I must pause a moment to think of the ethical significance and moral power of that saying. For a man must be conceived as worshiping that which he believes in. That is the true object of his worship; not anything he name*, deity, but what truly he believes and trusts in. So it is for the health of a man if truly and con- stantly he says, " There is no God but God ;" very great strength and help is in it. When tempests or gusts of passion, immoderate desires, raging appetites, vagrant feelings, sway us, then we shall be stayed, and be able to rule ourselves, and have the glory that we are obeyed by ourselves, if we can say strongly, in the midst of tempests and gusts, " There is no God but God." We shall not bow then to our passions or appetities. Or if we be led by ambitions to rise higher in power, to rule over men, to have great fame, and perhaps we tremble on the verge of sacrificing our manly honor, our strict principles, our noblest sense of perfect pure integrity, to gain that high gleaming prize, then it will be well if we ask ourselves what truly we are worshiping, and say with the Arabs, " There is no God but God." Or if we are pur- suing any more ignoble things, the pleasures and comforts which riches give, or the ease and luxury which our neighbors' osten- tations show, we shall do well to pause and think what we may be worshiping — a golden idol, no less an idol because it is golden — and say with the Koran scriptures, " There is no God but God. Yes, if we be devotees too, if we think we have within us the light of true religion, and yet really we be pursuing the glories of heaven, the joys of the world to come, or we be try- ing to escape the pains of hell, it will be well for us to ask our- selves whether we be truly worshiping God, or not rather bowing down to our own pleasures and comforts, not the less because they are transferred beyond this mortal sphere ; and we shall be rebuked and brought back to simple pure worship, if we say, " There is no God but God." Finally, the Hebrew prophets regarded themselves as in direct communication with Yahweh himself. This is important, for the Hebrew people were what is called a theocratic people. Per- haps the best notion of a theocratic nation is this, — One in which not the individual, but the nation, is the religious unit. That is to say, the Hebrews' conception, the popular 34 YAHWEH IN THE BIBLE. conception I mean, of Yahweh was this, that Yahweh favored the worshiper not as a man, but as a Hebrew, and that as one of the chosen people he was to be gathered under Yahweh's almightiness. Now it was a balance against this that the prophets considered themselves to come into direct, personal, individual relation with Yahweh, and to have his inspira- tion in their own souls, and to proclaim, therefore, by authority, his word, and say, " Thus saith the Lord." Therein these ex- alted teachers of the Hebrew people proclaimed the one absolute fundamental necessity and truth of religion, that you, that I, stand in the light of God's presence directly ; that we need no intervention, no mediator, either by person or by church or by book, but that we stand as naked souls unto him, waiting in his presence as our eyes do in the glorious sunlight to behold by it all the earth. This is what makes religion a support, a joy and a life. Emerson says, " God enters by a private door into every individual ; " and his emphasis is on the " every individual," since to all God comes; not to any chosen one here or anywhere, or at any time, but now and to all. And the next emphasis is on the "private door"; for why is it private? I suppose the seer means that each one has a different door, and that all doors alike open to God's presence and favor, not one door more than another. Or it may be at different times each man has a differ- ent door, as if he were builded from day to day, like a cathedral, with new porticoes and new windows for the entrance of heaven's light. The door may be perhaps a love of nature, a joy in the glorious and grand. Or the door may be a love of persons, a love of friends, by which we come to love God, by the scripture which our friends live to us or speak to us, — to love God, as Augustine said, and our friends in God and our enemies for God. Or it may be some great creation or work, or some noble cause, that is the door by which God enters. Whatever it be, he enters each heart and soul by its own door, and he enters surely if there be that door kept for the entrance by a consecrated will, striving earnestly to live in the light of the law of God. This I say is the sum, the foundation and glory of all religion. Or again, the door perhaps may be some great names and glories in the past. That is a good door. I dislike it not. Nay, I prize it greatly. The beauty of the Scripture, noble prophetic YAHWEH IN THE BIBLE. 35 names, Moses himself, Isaiah, and John and Jesus, and the gentle Huss, and many that come to us with prophetic halo around their heads, God-made, not man-made, — these may be the door by which God enters into us. But however it be, the great truth is that now he enters, that now the eternal life is in us, and we in it. All this history of Yahweh in the Bible shows that religion grows noble and high with the growth of man. In the visions of the prophets and in the prayers of the people the thought of God was growing clearer, higher, nobler, purer continually. " Day unto day uttered speech, night unto night showed know- ledge." Once the prophets and people thought Yahweh dwelt only in one corner of the earth or in the heavens above that little territory. But such poor and limited thoughts of God made way, slowly but constantly, for higher and spiritual thoughts of him, till the psalmist sang, " If I take the wings of the morning, And dwell in the uttermost parts of the sea, Even there shall thy hand lead me, And thy right hand shall hold me." Religion never was finished but always is finishing. There is no closed revelation. The thought of God, yea, let us say the sight of God, grows plainer and mightier and deeper and dearer to man's spiritual vision, age by age. With meaning vaster than merely to take the scripture page or the past saint however glorious, this truth comes — With meaning vaster, Coming faster Than my spirit can record, The saint, the set>r, it shows in me ; And while I see How I am the buried good, I stand within the flood Of the eternal grace, Trembling to know I am God's dwelling place. SOME THINGS TO BE SUBE OF. Some things to be sure of! Nothing perhaps is more im- pressive than the immensity and value of human knowledge. It seems sometimes as if there were no end, no beginning, to the splendor, the achievements, the glories of the intelligence of man. One of the pictures that my youth has left me, very vivid, is that of a grand old scholar, wrinkled, bowed, with a great noble head covered with a wild shock of long, thick, iron-gray hair, through which his eyes gleamed like coals. His learning seemed to me like an unfathomable sea; and when perhaps he knew not something himself, then he could tell exactly how and where to find out about it, which after all is one of the greatest parts of knowledge. I remember in my youthful reverence (for always I had the joy of having great reverence and affection for my teachers) , I used to think that his knowledge was like a moun- tain, taking hold of the pivot of the earth, and reaching to invisible heights into the heavens. Such sights of human learn- ing I say are very impressive ; and also it is affecting, touching, glorious, to observe how men have tried to learn, what pains, what mighty efforts, what time, what wealth, they have spent to acquire information. It was about ten years ago, you know, that there occurred a notable total eclipse of the sun to be seen in some of our Western States; that is, the moon, not content with giving light at night and making the darkness beautiful, thought to try her hand at shading the day, and covered up the sun entirely in some places so that not a bit of him could be seen for some minutes. Now there are some things learned men wish to know about the sun which they can find out only when thus he is covered up, strange to say. So you know the astronomers went to Colorado, at the foot of the Eocky Hills, to see the spectacle of the moon veiling the sun's face. 38 SOME THINGS TO BE SURE OF. They came from thousands of miles away, they crossed the ocean to come, only to look at the moon hiding the sun for three or four minutes. They brought their telescopes so as to see the great sight as well as they could; and in order to learn how to see it, and to he sure to be all ready, they went to the place many weeks beforehand, and lived in little tents or huts, and got their instruments all ready, and practiced with them every night during all those weeks. And it was arranged, too, that one man should look at one point, and another should study another point, so that they might learn as much as they could, instead of finding afterwards perhaps that all had been looking at the same point. And all their pains and trouble and work wer,e given, and all the money which it cost was spent too, just for the cha/ice of learning something; for if it had been cloudy, foggy, rainy, they could not have seen anything, and would have had to go home, after all their efforts, no wiser than they came. Now comes another total eclipse, to occur in a few months, to be visible, if clouds, vapors and winds consent, in the interior of Africa ; and already governments and scientific societies are be- stirring themselves,to send forth ships and instruments and men to the Dark Continent, to see and study the great spectacle. Such things are very impressive to me, as I have said, — this human struggle to learn. And men have been trying in just such ways for hundreds of years, yes, for thousands of years. If you were to do nothing but read every minute of every day of your lives, without stopping even to eat or sleep, you could not read all that has been learned. And yet, the things which have been learned number as nothing, nothing, compared to the things we know not. The things we know not are hundreds of times more than the things we know, yes thousands of times, millions of times. There are millions of millions more of things which we know not, than of things which we know. We know not what the people are doing who live on Venus or Mars or Mercury, or any of the other stars. We even know not what the men and children are doing who live on the other side of the earth; and least of all do we know what the people are doing who are on the other side of life, in the unseen heavens. Then too, there are many things which we can guess at, but we know them not surely. You may think SOME THTXGS TO BE SURE OF. 39 you know what you will do to-morrow, or this afternoon, but you can be sure of nothing, because you cannot see one minute ahead, and a hundred tilings may happen in the next hour which you never drearned of, and these things may change everything, so that you may not do at all as you thought you would. Many hundred years ago there were many people living in a town near the foot of a high mountain in sunny and beautiful Italy. One day. one sad and frightful day, the people of the little town were as busy as ever, the sun was shining as brightly as ever, or the rain falling as gently, or the grapes hanging as rich and purple from the vines on the hillside, and the children were playing or going to school. Xo doubt the men and women were talking of what they would do the next day, or in the afternoon, and they thought they could see very plainly what they would do, and the children were talking of the games they would play after dinner, or after school, or of a romp in the field they meant to have at evening, and they thought they could see how it would happen, and what a fine time was coming. But suddenly, not very far from midday, great flames burst with a mighty roar from the top of the mountain, steam and burning gas rushed from the crater in the mountain-top, making a noise greater than the roar of ten thousand engines. Huge rocks were hurled out into the an for hundreds of feet, and came rolling down the moun- tain side; rivers of red-hot melted stone poured over the edge of the crater, as you have seen water bubbling up from a spring, and flowed down the slopes, covering all the green fields and lovely places with fire. Ashes were thrown out of the blazing hole so fine, and so great in quantity, that in a very few min- utes they gathered in the air like huge black clouds spreading out for many miles, and shutting out the sunlight as much as if the sun had set at midday, so that very soon it was as dark as night, and the ashes as blinding as a thick fog. Then the ashes began to fall in showers like gray snow, and they fell down on the little town, down on the streets, on the houses, on the gardens, on the men who had felt sure of what they would do that afternoon, on the children playing who had had no doubt of what romps they would have in the fields that evening, down, down, thicker and thicker, deeper and deeper. The frightened people ran crying into the streets, trying to run away into the open country, fathers, 40 SOME THINGS TO BE SURE OP. mothers, carrying their little infants, or helping and urging along the old people, the grandfathers and grandmothers, the sick as well as the old, who could hobble only at any time and now in their fright hardly could move at all. But the streets were all dark, and the blinding ashes filled the people's eyes and fell thicker and deeper every moment, so that the poor men and women and children lost their way or gave up in despair. Some turned back to the houses, some fell tired out into the ashes, as travelers sometimes are lost in deep snow, some like soldiers who were " on duty," stood bravely still and would not leave their posts. The little town was filled with screams and cries. But the people could not see each other, only hear the cries coming out of the black fog. The ashes fell down on the cries and smothered them, on the streets, gardens, houses, and covered them all up. They were now very fine, like fine dust, and made their way into every little crack and crevice, got in at the windows and doors, filled up the rooms and buried the poor people alive. All the town was covered up; not a roof of a house, not a tower was to be seen where a few hours before there had been so many busy people. The ashes covered everything with a gray waste, like a desert. After a long time, by wind and rain and sun, earth was spread over the ashes, and mixed with them, grass began to grow, trees and bushes sprang up over the buried town, and at last it looked like any other part of the green field. Men forgot the town and could not tell the spot where it had been. A few years ago the place was discovered and men began to dig in the ground, and at last they dug out the town. They removed the ashes from the streets, they opened the houses and cleared them of ashes, and they found the bones of the buried people, old and middle-aged and children and babies, just as they had been caught and drowned in the ashes ; some were standing, some were sitting, some on their knees, some lying down; a soldier was found standing erect in his sentry box, showing that he had been true to his duty at his post. Thus you see how much you can think of, but how little of it you can be sure of. The people of that place thought that surely whatever might happen to them one by one, they would not all die together, and that their little city would stand for many years. But they were all gone in an hour or two, and the city lasted not the day out. SOME THINGS TO BE SURE OF. 41 I mean not to say of course that we need be afraid that any great flame will burst out of the earth and bury this pleas- ant city of ours in ashes this sunny day; no; yet it were little if this happened, — the eternal stars would not be shaken, nay, nor one soul perish. But I mean that we can see only a little way, and know only very little. How the questions of children force this home on us. The truth is, their questions are just as hard to the grown people as they are to the little ones; they puzzle us so much that all we can say is, " We know not, we know not." Suppose that somewhere, on some star in the great heavens that shine every night with thousands of other stars, two angels were to stand. Suppose they had eyes which could see everything at all distances, no matter how covered up, so that they could see through stone walls as through glass or air, and as far as from here to the remotest star. Sup2J0se these great beings each had a book and a pen, and that one of them should write down all the things we know, and even the guesses we make when we have no knowledge, and that the other one should write down the things we know not. The first would write a long time, to be sure; but at last he would make an end, and everything that men knew would be written down. But the other one, writing down the things we know not, would go on writing forever! And yet, I have to say to you that in one way (and it is a very great way) we know a great deal more than we know not. Let us look at this a little more closely. Bethink you that how much one knows depends a great deal on what kind of things one knows, and but little on how many things. It is one thing to know many things, quite another to know much. It is one thing to have many facts at hand, which you can count and say, "Lo, how great is the sum of our knowledge;" it is another thing to have that knowledge which is wisdom, grace, resource, comprehension. Some things lately have forced home on me the thought, that there are persons brim- full of what we call talent, and yet very unintelligent. To comprehend is to surround with yourself, to cast yourself about things, so that they are collected, grouped, centered and contained within you ; they are then comprised, controlled, and you, the compriser, controller, are wise. But if you include not the many things you are aware of, but they surround and hedge you in, if you have about 42 SOME THINGS TO BE SUBE OF. you a vast gathering and whirl of things, which stretch far out mass on mass, and make a wilderness in which you are a little matter dancing with the rest, so that you are not encircling and comprehending the things, but they have a sweep around you, then you may know things as multitudinous as the sands on the sea shore, and as barren too. I knew a man whose knowledge was vast; I could see no end of it; and yet he seemed to me to know nothing. He was versed wonderfully in all the gadding gossip of social life. I never knew anything about anybody that he knew not better. He knew everybody's name and history and position and fortune and family; he had climbed to the top branches of a hundred trees of pedigree; he was full of all the dance and freaks and babble of the social currents. He knew " wh&i was going on;" — not indeed how the great world was going on, either in the heavens or in its place beneath, not " the stream of tendency," not the drift of thought, not the strain or energy of the world's thinking, not the world's music and poetry and love and pathos, not even the humor of the world's amuse- ments. These things were unexplored heavens to him. But the maze of little events, he explored as with a magic clue. The difference is vast indeed between facts that are themselves knowledge, and facts that have no import or depth or worth, but are wastes of mind. It lies at the very base of wise and noble living, and is easy to understand, though not always easy to live up to, that whether a man knows much or little depends not on the number of things he knows, but on how much they are worth knowing. A good man said, long ago, that no one is any wiser for knowing the dimensions of a crocodile's tail, because it is no matter to any one whether the tail be five feet long or five feet and two inches, or whether the creature have any tail at all to speak of. Forget not this, that there are many kinds of knowl- edge which make no one any wiser. Now I think you understand that I am neither playing with tricks of speech, nor am inconsistent. You see that there are millions of millions of things more which we know not, than of things which we know, and yet that it may be true that we know more than we are ignorant of, for the things that we know are greater perhaps than the things which we know not. And truly so they are ; so much greater and grander and dearer that if I SOME THINGS TO BE SURE OF. 43 were to speak with the tongues of angels and go on speaking forever, I could not even begin to tell how much greater and more noble and beautiful are even a few things which we know, than all the things which we know not. So much greater, grander, that any one of some things which we .know is worth more than millions on millions of things before which we bow in our ignorance. To know that we ought to speak the truth is a greater thing, and worth more, than all the stars together! Think how beautiful and splendid must be many things which we know not. We know not how the earth looks from the moon when it goes sailing through the sky, such a huge globe of light, if there be any creatures on the moon to see; astronomers tell us that probably it is one of the most transcendent sights of all the starry heavens. We know not how the great sun pours out its heat for thousands of thousands of years with- out cooling in the least. We know not how Saturn's rings look from that wondrous planet, nor how Jupiter's nights appear with his four moons, nor how things go on on a globe so big, thirteen hundred times as large as our earth, nor what peoples and king- doms and things and kinds of creatures there may be on the stars which fill the heavens. It would be very grand to know these things. But to know that we must speak the truth, that we ought to love our fellow-men, that we are bound to act justly, that we are placed here to be faithful, good, kind, pure-minded, industrious, this is greater than to know any one of those splen- did things, or all of them together, and millions more of them which we cannot even dream of. This I tell you, nay, your own souls tell you, if there be any power of speech in them that they may answer, namely, that you can feel sure that it is better to do right than to do wrong. You may not always find it easy to see just what the right thing is, but always you can feel sure tuat the right thing is the best thing when you have found it. And sure, too, that it is best for you to try hard to find it. You cannot tell for one hour ahead what will become of you, or what will happen to you, excepting that you will be safe whatever happens. You cannot see far into this life, nor at all into the other life. At any moment the hour may come when you shall lie down, and, if there be time enough left, fold your hands, and fall asleep as Stephen did, not awaking 44 SOME THINGS TO BE SURE OF. any more, but lying still in that strange trance of death. It is not dreadful or painful or sad ; but it is strange, and we know hardly anything about it, or how it feels, or what comes after it. But this we know, that whether we live in this country or in China or Africa, or whether we live in this world for one minute or for fifty years, or whatever may be waiting for us after we die, this we know, that it is better to be gentle than rough, better to be kind than unkind, better to speak the truth than to tell lies, better to be faithful than to be neglectful, better to help others than to hurt them. These things, we are sure of. Now this sure knowledge is a very grand knowledge. I will give three reasons why this knowledge is so very grand, and so end my sermon. ' The first reason is that justice, kindness and love, and all kinds of goodness, are what make us happy on this earth, and make life so full of gladness and so beautiful. Think for a moment how much dear and lovely joy there is. Think how wonderful it is that even when there are dark clouds of sorrow, they are always edged with some beautiful thing. Why, as I look at ycu while I speak to you, or think of you while I sit writing for you, often I seem to be suddenly in heaven. Your bright eyes, your gentle looks, your kindling smiles, your earnest faces, some so fresh and young and fair, some so much lovelier still with life's middle-aged or aged beauty, all so sweet, so good, why, what great joys they show! How glad they make the hearts of you that live near any well of this happiness! Our thousands of joyful moments and pleasant things come from simple goodness and from nothing else. There is no other source of them. If there were no truthfulness, no kindness, no faithful- ness, where were the smiles? How could any one be happy if he were selfish himself, and every one were selfish, and all were cruel and false together? This is the first reason then why it is so grand a knowledge to know what right means, this reason namely, that it is this knowledge that makes all our precious happiness and all life's golden beauty. The second reason is, that right is the same everywhere, so that when we know what is right we have a knowledge so great and mighty that it is true everywhere, and at all times. For if it be wrong to tell a falsehood here, it is wrong in China or Africa, it is wrong in Jupiter or Saturn, or Mars, or any star. SOME THINGS TO BE SUBE OF. 45 The Infinite Almightiness could not make it otherwise, because he is that very fact, and cannot unmake himself. Whatever sort of creatures may live in any of the stars that twinkle by night in the sky, we may be sure that if they know enough to talk or think, they have decided that it is wrong, base and mean to tell lies. So you see this is a universal knowledge, as infinite as God. There is one kind of climate here where we live, and another one in the far south, and still another in the far north; there may be climates and strange states of things in other plan- ets which we know not, and cannot imagine ; but there is no climate and no abode of people where it is not glorious and right to tell the truth. And whatever difference there may be between our earth and any of the stars, we may be sure that this is the same everywhere. So I say that to know the right is to have a splendid knowledge. The third reason why these simple truths which we know are so great, is that they are known to us because we are chil- dren of the All-Father, the God arid Father of all, who is infinitely good and true. I say this is the reason that we know these great things, — because we are of God. Look at this earnestly for a moment. "Why is it, think you, that right is right everywhere, and at all times? Why is it that what is good, pure, kind, loving in spirit here must be so too in all the stars, and everywhere? It is because the one Infinite Light who is God makes the stars as well as this earth. I say not has made, but makes, all the time — makes all creatures as well as you and me. And wherever God lives and works, truth and right must be the same, because his nature is the same, and he makes things all the time just as his nature is, rules and guides all things accord- ing to his nature; and as he is infinitely good and true, so truth and goodness always are the same, and always the almighty things with his Almightiness, — in every house, in every country, in every star. Therefore, to know the right is so grand a thing. It is to be lifted up to a great height, to receive light direct from God, and to feel ourselves to be his children, formed in his image. Think what it is to be children of God, and to call our- selves so! We know that we made not this world, and the sky with all its stars ; we are sure of that. ! how sure too that the Power which made them all, and made them so beautiful, is the 46 SOME THINGS TO BE SUEE OF. same power that makes them now, in the hollow of whose hand they lie! We may be sure that that Power takes care of us every moment, all theyoung and all the old, all who here live, all in the other life, the same as of all the stars and the earth. We may be sure that Power, in some way too great and strange for us to see, takes care to keep all the good things, and lets the bad things fall to pieces, takes care of good acts, good thoughts, good feelings, good words, but makes the bad ones as if they had never been. Over us all, over all the men who ever have lived, we may be sure this Power has been ruling, helping on the good, the pure, the true; we may be sure that it will rule over all the men that ever will live, and will take care of the world forever. We name the Power. We cannot see it; nay, I will not say that, — we have eyes to see it. We cannot tell all about it, nay, nor compared to it can we tell much, it is so very great, with- out beginning or end. But we name it; and think what it means, that we name it! We call the Power, God. We love and adore this Power by this Great Name. We are sure that whether we know many things or know only a very little, we may trust this Power whom we name the Father, who rules over all things, all we know, all we guess at, all we hope for, all we know nothing of, " with the glory of a Father," without whom not a little sparrow falls to the ground. " Little Children," take hold of this great knowledge. How little we know if we count the things! O! the millions of things we know not! If we think of them so, we seem to be buried, like spiritual driftings under a great dead heap of things. But then think of the things we know, so great and high that they are better and grander however few, yea, any one of them, than all the unknown millions, and any one of them a knowledge more splendid than to know the history of ten thousand suns and all planets that revolve around them, and all the people on those planets! Then truly we shall go our way every day sure that in trying to put this mighty knowledge into our lives, so that we may be according to this knowledge gentle and truthful, upright, kind, loving and honest, as this knowledge is grander than that of all the stars, so with it our lives will be brighter than all the starry heavens ; and even if sometimes sad, yet in grief still all alight with peace for ourselves, and with beaming helpfulness for others. SOLOMON AND THE LILIES. "Consider the lilies of the field, how they grow; they toil not, neither do they spin ; and yet I say unto you, that even Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these."— Mat. vi, 28-29. I suppose this text was original with Jesus. Very many of the sayings of Jesus, as often I have told you, were current maxims among the Jews ; often they were lessons of the scribes heard in the schools where the ancient Scripture was expounded and morality based on the law and the prophets. Sometimes, no doubt, they were flying maxims, ranging from mind to mind as birds fly among trees. These Jesus seized, because ho knew a good, worthy and useful thing at once, and took it. 'Tis a finer sign of greatness to know the beauties that surround us than to invent or discover new ones ; for to produce good things may have a smack of ambition or pride in it, but to know and take good things with homage is pure generosity and admiration. As a man either must not breathe or else breathe the ah' which is about him, so must a soul have no life or else drink of the life which is in the time and people. Whence Jesus, beiug a great life in himself, like a great pair of lungs breathed deeply of the life about him. Therefore, I say, the sayings of Jesus are full of echoes of the old Scriptures, of the sayings of the Kabbins, and of the wisdom of the people. Nevertheless he is very original, and this originality is in the form in which he says things, and in the manner, — a living manner. For a great soul takes some common truth, central, like the earth's axis, and cries it aloud once more with so living a voice that people start and tremble to see how great the thing is which perchance they have been repeating since their childhood. Jesus was very original in his figures and illustrations. He had the heart and 48 SOLOMON AND THE LILIES. the eye of a great poet, which is to say, a great lover of things as they are. For only one who loves what is, will have clear sight of what ought to be. Jesus had an eye wide open. He saw the birds, the flowers, the grain, the tares, the trees, the seeds, and all manner of people as they worked, joyed, wept, prayed; and of these things he made wonderful stories, the like of which never were known before, nor have been since ; for there are no illustrations in all the world together like Jesus' parables for beauty, grace and force. A society of learned Jews in Paris, au- thors of a book called " The Sources of the Sermon on the Mount," in which they give many passages from the Old Law and the prophets, and from Talmudical writings, parallel to Jesus' rnaxims in the Mountain Sermon, find no parallel to these phrases about Solomon and the lilies, and they dismiss them with this remark, " These verses comprise no moral precept; consequently there is no source to trace them from." So here, I think we have an instance probably of just Jesus' own way of looking about him and of saying things. Suppose we unfold his saying a little. As he compares things, so let us follow him. We will first look at Solomon and then at the lilies. The magnificence of Solomon had become proverbial among the Jews, a point of national pride indeed. Nay, beyond the nation and country the fame of his glory had gone, as is shown by the story of the Queen of Sheba, who from Arabia Felix came to see Solomon, drawn by stories of his magnificence; also of his wisdom, for this was great fame indeed. So the Queen put hard questions to him, which he answered easily, and astonished her. But indeed with the splendor of the household she was quite overcome; for the account in the book of Kings says that when she saw his house and the meat of his table and his servants, and his cup-bearers, and the apparel of them all, " there was no more spirit in her." And she said to the King, " It was a true report that I heard in mine own land of thy acts and of thy wisdom. Howbeit, I believed not the words, until I came, and mine own eyes had seen it; and, behold, the half was not told me; thy wisdom and prosperity exceedeth the fame which I heard." It is written that she gave proof of her admiration by presenting the King with a great store of spices, and precious stones, and with one hundred and twenty talents of gold, or near SOLOMON AND THE LILIES. 49 seventy-five thousand dollars. But to Solomon this was a trifle, and very like he was not to be out-done, but presented her an equivalent in some shape, since it is recorded that " Solomon gave her of his royal bounty." As to Solomon's money, we read that the amount that came to him in a year, in gold, was six hundred and sixty- six talents, or near four hundred thousand dollars; and this was not the whole, for it was over and above that which came from traders and merchants and by other ways, says the book of Kings. Having this princely income a year, this superb King knew how to apply it grandly. As to his own house there are incredible stories, the soberest of which is that he had one hundred and four wives. With these and all the attendants and servants innumerable, it is no wonder that eighty measures of line flour and sixty measures of meal, and eighty whole oxen and one hundred sheep, and much game and fatted fowls,were the daily supply of his table. He lived in a house which had been thirteen years in building, adorned with cedar and other beautiful woods, and with hewn stones. Silver was not to be thought of for his household utensils and his table service; they were of pure gold. He had a throne of rich ivory inlaid with gold, and carved lions were around it. And in his house there hung five hundred massive targets or shields, two hundred large and three hundred smaller, plated with beaten gold. These precious targets were for the soldiers who made the body-guard of the monarch. He had an army comprising 40,000 stalls of horses, so the Scriptures read, and 12,000 horsemen and 1,400 chariots; also dromedaries. Vast abundance of food was collected for the horses and other animals. Also he had a great com- mercial navy, from which riches of all kinds flowed to his realm and to his own treasury. When he wished to build the temple, this rich king levied an army of 30,000 workmen whom he employed seven years in building the great structure. All manner of precious and costly materials were gathered, elab- orate carvings of cedar wood, and profuse gold for the utensils of the temple and for the hinges of the doors; and he over- laid the house with pure gold and threw chains of gold across it. He had two immense cherubim made, carved of olive wood. He set in the temple two vast pillars of brass, 85 feet high and 24 feet around, and on the top of them he set 50 SOLOMON AND THE LILIES. chapiters of molten brass. The olive wood cherubim were 20 feet high, and 20 feet also from tip to tip of the out-stretched wings; and when set up in the temple, side by side, the tips of their wings touched each other, and the tips of the other wings touched the walls on both sides. Even the very floor of the house was covered with gold, and the walls with carv- ings of cherubim, of trees, and of flowers. Also he made many baths of brass for the temple, and besides these, a vast sea or brazen basin, called in the Scriptures a " molten sea," 20 feet in diameter and 60 feet around and 10 feet deep. And this vast brass basin stood on twelve brazen oxen, three facin» each point of the compass. The basin was a hand-breadth thick, and the brim was finely wrought like the cup of a lily. This was the wealth and splendor of the king, according to Jewish tradition. With this glory and pomp Jesus compared the lilies. Suppose we stand with the gentle Nazarene a little, and look on the flowers of the field ; nay, let us do as he asked, consider of them. He used a strong word, translated consider. The Greek word means to learn or observe thoroughly, so as to understand. It is as if Jesus said, " We have walked back and forth here every day and seen these lilies, but yet, having eyes we have seen not. Let us stop now and really see, — consider of them, look at them, understand them." Palestine was then a bloom- ing and beautiful country; nay, even long afterward, yea, and still now we learn from travelers of the lovely flowers of the fields in their season, shining white blooms, many to a stem, or other kinds that may be called lilies, of rich and varied colors. Jesus looked at these. Perhaps they lay like a great tapestry woven with silk floss in rich dies; or mayhap, there was only one lovely spike that had strayed thither, blooming by the way- side. What matters it whether a profusion or one? The Master's eye would see the glory of them the same. So he stopped and looked awhile, his heart rising, we may guess, whither the lilies pointed. And then he said quietly, "What beauty, what charm, what perfection! But whence is it? Ah, that question maketh every flower a psalm; for we see no toiling nor spinning here, and yet, look you now whether Solomon in all his glory was arrayed like one of these." Dear youth, rabbi, gentle Nazarene, holy wanderer, we will SOLOMON AND THE LILIES. 5 1 follow thy thought. We will search what the lily hath to set beside Solomon's splendor. We will count its glories as we have told a few of Solomon's. First, there is the beauty of form, its lovely bell, its delicate petals, its vase nodding on the stem. But is this beauty greater than the costly woods and the gold, the carvings, the robes and the circling trains in which the King was arrayed? Secondly, the lily has delicacy of color, richness and beauty too; but were these greater than the silken hues, the rich carvings of woods, the gorgeous tapestry, and the ivory tints of Solomon's palace? Thirdly, the lily sways on its stem as gracefully as if a beam of light had been caught and molded into a flowery bell, — the waves of the light changed into an inexpres- sible still subtleness, the leap of the light, sixty thousand leagues in a second, transmuted to a perfection of confined motion, a lovely, swaying slenderness; and not only its movement in the breeze is perfection, but each stop or attitude is a seizure of delicate curves. Well, were these unequaled by the grace, the charm and subtle hues of the carvings of palms and flowers on the temple walls by the King's workmen, the 30,000 who seven years labored in the structure? I know not. It is sure that what men can do is as natural as what the earth pours forth untilled. If men can see beauty, their hands are glorious tools wherewith to mould it. I cannot say that because God makes the lily, therefore it is more beautiful than all Solomon's splen- dor; for God made man, and perchance it is greater to make a maker of beauty than to make a beautiful thing, and the maker who is made may effect a beauty glorious and worthy of his heavenly spring of life. Yet I think it is true, as Jesus said when he looked at the lilies, that Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these. Why is this true? Let us follow a little to see. First, the lily is very simple. Jesus, it seems to me, was thinking of the pure beauty of a few simple charms compared with rich array. Here in the lily is but a comeliness of form, a slen- der witchery of grace, having but one color, or with mayhap a little shading or a fleck or two of contrasting hues; and that is all. Its exquisite perfection is wrought of very little. It has a beauty like a few lines in a face, which mean a depth of soul. Nothing is heaped up in the flower; it is chaste, pure, with the 52 SOLOMON AND THE LILIES. kind of charm which a clear ringing note has, from a silver bell or tuneful string, or a pure pipe. It is like a melody wherein notes following each other become one, — a pure thought or feel- ing. Oh ! I care not what manner of richness there be in profusion, how splendid the array, how rolling on one another like waves be the adornments, no, nor how well fitted, either, without jarring! Still always there will be a beauty in simplicity which the gorgeous collection hath not. It is superior beauty, beauty I might say in itself, the essence, the living soul of it, which, says Milton, "unadorned is adorned the most," because it is so perfect that, as it can spare nothing, so naught can be added. I would that more we understood this beauty of simplicity which is the beauty of the earth and sky, of crystals and flowers, of water, stars, tones, eyes, smiles, faces, hands, shapes, motions. If such beauties were gathered in houses, in costumes, and in manners, we should have the beauty wherewith the lily surpassed Solomon's array, as Jesus said. For a profusion of beauties is not beauty, perchance; and even if they be well matched and in proportion, still if they be over-much, they have not the lily's beauty, which is pure perfection. Secondly, the be uity of the lily is seen to be in keeping with all the conditions around it. It wrongs nothing; it comes of no unwholesome root; it has no bad contrasts; it offends no one with pity for what it has drawn on. For the earth is made for its root, and the soil has its own beauty of freshness, aroma, color, substance. Bat not so Solomon's array; for his apparel cost many a poor man's garment, and the dye of his robes was slaves' blood, and all his array was sucked rankly, as weeds grow, from heaps of oppression and taxation. Make me aught as fair as you will, heap color on color with harmony, or shape on shape with grace, or gather and array soft fabrics and golden hangings in which rainbows and sunbeams seem woven, — and what then? If they be luxuries, they are not fair. Though crimson be beautiful, it is not so when it is a blood stain; no, but mournful and horrible. If Bacon be wise when he says " a crowd is not company, and faces are but a gallery of pictures, and talk but a tinkling cymbal, where there is no love," I say it is wisdom too that beauties make not beauty, nor fair things comeliness, nor pomps magnificence, when these are feasts built SOLOMON AND THE LILIES. 53 on fasts, surfeits hung on gripes of hunger, pleasures bred of pains and laughs of plaints, and all a flaunting array wrung from the labor of other bodies that never taste in their mouths, or in their heart or soul, the delicacies and the charms. Therefore the lily has a pure loveliness which is heavenly and comes of purity, and is not less glorious and divine that it is so simple. But the array of Solomon is like the surface of floating tarry or other unclean refuse, counterfeiting the iris of pearls, the fire-pied opal, the prismatic sun ray, but black underneath and shameful. Again, the lily's charms, which before I have mentioned, I mean its simple beauties of form, slender grace, and plain soft- ness of color — these are a part of the very life of the lily; not something put on as colors, carvings, plaitings and over-laying of gold in a house. Not so ; the lily's beauties are a part of the lily's self. For the lily is clothed with these beauties and yet naked. Who can cut into them, or under them, and find somewhat underneath on which they lie? Nay, but they are through and through the lily, the lovely shape being in every atom of the substance, and the graceful delicacy in every part, and the colors sinking through the soft cells ; whereby the lily is not something adorned, but itself is adornment; and not some- thing with shape laid on it, but itself is grace and form. If we look at Solomon for the like of this, it is not his apparel or his great array whatsoever that we can compare, but only Solomon's body; and if I mistake not, the selfish and degenerate life in this so great luxury, pride, glitter, flourish and surfeit, could build no fine body, neither in shape nor in the bright and clear blushes of virtuous health; nor do aught but enervate, degrade, misshape and blot the human form divine. Jesus indeed did well to say that not Solomon in all his glory was arrayed like the lilies, since the lily's raiment was but the lily in all its light, freedom, beauty and very life. But Solomon's raiment was put on, hiding a body wherein vile wantoning had dug bad seams run- ning with the tears of the poor. Ay, he spoke well, that nature- loving Nazarene, the lover of flowers and birds and trees and grain, sheep, mustard-seeds and men, he spoke well; for there is no divine beauty that can be taken off and hung on a peg; and if the vesture of Solomon were in a thousand parts and every part a vesture, gleaming with gems and gold and Tyrian dyes, 54 SOLOMON AND THE LILTES. they could not array the body as the shape and color of health do, nor make the face noble, which is the beauty of the face, nor be true magnificence, nor aught but dross and waste before the beauty of the lily, which is only itself. Again, there is this very lovely charm about the lily's beauty that there is no rivalry in it. It is not pitted against any other lily or flower; it seeks excellence, but not to get the better of another or to set itself off by contrast. Nay, in no way it thinks of any other, but simply of being beautiful; and this is a kind of worshipf ulness, an uplooking toward infinite beauty, a holy pur- pose of life, or perhaps better I may say, a holy purpose to live, without thought to live better than another, but only to live according to life, which is beauty and glory and strength. But what were Solomon's pomps, parades, gauds, and fringes but comparison of himself with his nobles or with other princes, that not merely he might shine, but outshine others? Oh this is a mean and foolish temper, besmirched with envy if there be any richer than ourselves, and beclouded more still with all the envies which thus are caused in others whose humor or simplicity is turned awry and their bosoms filled with heart-burning. In my soul I abhor the temper which has no peace in excellence, but only in surpassing others, and no joy in beauty unless it be greater than some others have, and no thanks for fortune unless it grow against the shadow of some other's failure. It is un- lovely to be happy that we leave others behind or that they can- not keep pace with us. This is not beauty, nor splendor, nor fair raiment; and when any glory has this temper with it, a king with all the glory is not arrayed like one of these lilies. Finally, if the lily be charming in its beauty because in no way it thinks of itself, not wishing to compare itself with another, or to win in a race, this is the same as to say that it thinks not of others to be admired by them. Nay, it would bloom the same in a wilderness; and this fact an old Hebrew poet saw to be divine beauty and blessedness in the herb of the field, which he says springs the same in the desert, in the wilderness where there is no man. An English poet has sung of the flowers that "blush unseen," that they "waste their sweet- ness on the desert air." But therein he has had not the Master's heart, the soul of Him of Galilee, the spirit of the Nazarene, who, SOLOMON AND THE LILIES. 55 standing by the wayside and comparing the lilies with Solomon, bethought him, I must believe, that the sweetness and beauty of the lily were its reasons for being, and that beauty was never a waste, but great riches, although but in a flower's bosom, unwit- nessed, unvisited. The Nazarene, I say, saw that this sincerity arrayed the blossom in more divinity than " doth hedge a king." Comparing the flowers with Solomon, who in purple and fine linen sat for admiration on his ivory throne, and would have bemoaned himself or have squatted perhaps on the turf if no throngs had been by to applaud his high seat, Jesus said that the King in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these. A poet has thought like this about his verse, counting it praise and greatness if the verse be true and sincere. He says, — "Ah, 'tis an easy thing To write and sing, But to write true, unfeigned verse, is very hard." The poet means that verse must not be robed, as it were for multitudes to shout around, nor adorned that any may praise, but only true and unfeigned and for itself. And truly, whatever is painted or put on for another's eye, and elsewhere left in darkness, hath no lily's beauty. Look now at the gorgeous King and the simple lily, and consider them as the Master's saying has set them before us. What garments have we seen, the lily clothed withal? What but simple beauty of form and chaste brightness of color and a swaying slenderness of grace, and these all through it and in it, the color and the shape not being spread on it, but living throughout it; and to all these we have to add the thoughts that breathe in it, which I have set forth, — that it is simplicity; and that its sweet beauty is in keeping with all its environs and united with them in peace; and that naught is put on by it any more than made by toiling and spinning, but only grown; and that in its honied heart there is no rivalry, nor doth it bloom to surpass others; and that it seeks not applause nor fame, but only to be what it is, nor would be a waste even in a wilderness. And what withal was Solomon arrayed? With what but heaps of things that were not of him but were put on him, and he no better for them, and other men worse and stricken with woes. Truly Jesus was right and the lily was the beautiful being, and 56 SOLOMON AND THE LILIES. Solomon in all his glory not arrayed like one of these. ! to value the right thing! 0! to prize the precious! 0! to love the lovable! 0! to adore the adorable! This is the secret of life. How many go straying far away, prizing what has a taint, valuing the worthless, loving what truly is hateful and makes us so, adoring what is but an idol made with hands. But the secret of life, the secret which lifts life high, is to take what truly is set forth by God to be taken and not to be left or put away; and to love what he hath made akin in value to the human heart, and to worship what comes of his divinity and is everlasting, which is simplicity and pure beauty, and kind affection, and the love of goodness for itself, and a comradeship with all without wishing to make any seem less or be less. These are the first things. "Whoso knows them, that they are first, and follows after them, stands close by the Son of Man from Nazareth while he looks on the lilies and says that even Solo- mon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these. THE PERFECT. "Ye therefore shall be perfect, as your heavenly Father is perfect." —Matt. 5: 48. This text has been misunderstood often, for lack of looking at the context. What Jesus commands is not perfection. This is impossible to us. He means a wide and all-embracing kind- ness, like the divine love. Paraphrasing freely the passage from the forty-third verse to the end of the chapter, Jesus speaks thus: " You know that some old teachers have allowed you to hate your enemy, if you will love your neighbor. But I tell you that your enemy also is to be loved, and that, if persons use you ill, you must pray for them ; for you are the children of the heavenly Father, and it is thus that he acts. Doth he not make his sun to rise on the good and on the bad alike, and send his rain the same on the just and un the unjust? If ye love them that love you, and give only the salutes which yt rtceive, ye do no more than all men do, evtn bad men and aliens. But ye shall be perfect as your heavenly Father is ptriect, and aeal gently with the good and the bad alike, just as he sends sunshine and rain on the just and on the unjust." This text, therefore, teaches the duty of charity and forgiveness, with the divine perfection of compas- sion as our guide, help, and aim. The term, " Perfection," was used much among the Jews. The writings of the Rabbins speak of perfect charity, perfect penitence, perfect prayers, perfect sacrifice, perfect faith, perfect covenant, perfect worship or religion. The Israelites were a per- fect people, they said, after receiving the law from Moses. An Epistle of the New Testament says, " Perfect love casteth out fear," The Rabbins taught that our love of God must be perfect, 58 THE PEEFECT. and sometimes defined this perfect love as that which was the same in all conditions, in good or ill fortune, continuing to bless God in pain or in pleasure alike. My text, I say, commands not us to be perfect; for how is that possible? We cannot be perfect outwardly, in our deeds; for how be sure always to do the wise and right thing, unless we have perfect knowledge and understand all things? Neither can we be perfect inwardly, in all our impulses, desires, affections, passions, which are so hard to rule and guide; for how can every rising feeling, every sudden emotion; flash of thought, inclination, craving, response, vehemence, thrill and throb, be without blemish, unless we be perfect in nature, — which surely we are not ! There- fore, perfection is not required by any wise precept, like that of my text; nor will any power, human or divine, judge us by that standard. But now a strange fact comes forth. While perfection in act or impulse cannot be expected or required of us, yet conscience seems to exact it in every instance. If we be not perfect, it would seem that we shall sin sometimes; yet conscience blames us not- withstanding. We cannot do wisely and righteously always, yet we reproach ourselves whenever we do evil. Whence is this strange contradiction? What means this law in us by which we seem driven to exact of ourselves what, if we interpret aright our constitution, God does not require of us? Strange that, if we be imperfect by nature, we should be stung by remorse at every falling-short of perfection. But, now, if this be stated in another way, it will not seem strange; the difficulty will vanish. The truth is this: that, although perfection is not required of us, it is required that we should be satisfied ivith nothing less and count naught else worthy to be our moral end. Therefore, if we can be satisfied with nothing less than the perfect, clearly every defect of will, act, or impulse, will be attended with dissatisfaction. This paradox burns in us, — If, being imperfect, we also were satisfied with the imperfect, we no longer should be imperfect. For imperfection can mean only that our actual condition is below that which is our true ideal; but if imperfection itself were this ideal, then it were not imperfection for us, because it were what we were made to be. THE PERFECT. 59 To state this plainly without paradox: If we were allowed to be satisfied with aught less than perfection, less than the wholly right, the absolutely good, the eternally and perfectly righteous, then this lower order would be the truth and the right to us, and the end of our being would be attained. Perhaps this condition of us, by which we are enmeshed in imperfection by nature, and yet by reason of that nature cannot be at peace with aught less than perfection, may be made plainer by an illustration. It is as if we were travelers on a long road, stretching far before us, So far away that the journey seems endless, rise the towers of a beautiful city, like the vision that broke on the mind of Wordsworth's " Solitary," when he stood on a mountain crag after a great storm had passed, and "a single step that freed him from the skirts of the blind vapor opened to his view" — " Glory beyond all glory ever seen By waking sense or by the dreaming soul ! The appearance, instantaneously disclosed, Was of a mighty city— boldly say A -wilderness of building, sinking far And self- withdrawn into a wondrous depth, Far sinking into splendor— without end ! Fabric it seemed of diamond and of gold, With alabaster domes, and silver spires, And blazing terrace upon terrace, high Uplifted ; here, serene pavilions bright In avenues disposed ; their towers begirt With battlements that on their restless fronts Bore stars, — illumination of all gems !" We are only on the road. The road is lost in night as far behind us as the gleaming city lies before us. Therefore it is not asked of us that our journey be accomplished already and we joining in the songs of the multitude at the gates whose music floats out to us even at this distance. But, with that vision in our eyes and that sound in our ears, we reproach ourselves if every step be not toward those seraphic citadels, if we loiter or faint in the march, or look to right or left, or have ears for any siren's song. We cannot be perfect in act or in soul, and yet we can be satisfied with nothing else. Herein, we bear the trace of God's way of creation, of his nature in us and of his method with us. By the imperfection of our deeds and desires, we recall our origin and the long and slow journey we have made from brute life. 60 THE PERFECT. But by the perfection of our moral aspiration, naught less than which satisfies us, we show the divine source of that enormous travail, that endless evolution, — endless forward, endless back- ward, having no stop and no beginning, — by which we emerge from existence to life, from sensation to thought, love, hope, and worship, yearning toward the divine Being, the Eternal, Immu- table, Almighty Fatherhood of God from which we spring. It cannot be required that we be perfect; but that we can be satis- fied with naught else is the secret of religion within us, of the worship of the One Infinite Life, Thought, Love, Power, Holiness, Beauty, Truth, Mercy, — Eternal, Almighty, Pervading, Tran- scendent, Immutable, Creating, Preserving, Redeeming, Judging, Condemning, Blessing, Inspiring, Revealing. We cannot lose this worship, and live. The imperfection which we are has that reminiscence of its source of life that it adores Perfection in which we live and m< ve and have being, and thus is set in ( urselves an ideal of ourselves which will be satisfied only with the perfect, — that is, never satisfied, and 1< ve only the divine, — that is, love with incr< abing j< y f< n v< r. H< re will I read you a noble poem by Wasson: — IDE L . Angels of growth, of old in that surprise Of your first vision, wild and sweet, I poured in passionate sighs My wish unwise That ye descend my hrart to meet, — My heart so slow to rise ! Now thus I pray : Angelic be to hold In heaven your shining poise afar, And to rny wishes bold Reply with cold, Sweet invitation, like a star Fixed in the heavens old. "Did ye descend, what were ye more than I? Is't not by this ye are divine, — That, native to the sky, Ye cannot hie Downward, and give low hearts the wine That should reward the high? Weak, yet in weakness I no more complain Of your abiding in your places. Oh, still, howe'er my pain Wild prayers may rain, Keep pure on high the perfect graces That stooping could but stain I THE PERFECT. 61 Not to content our lowness, but to lure And lift us to your angelhood, Do your surprises pure Dawn far and sure Above the tumult of young blood, And star-like there endure? Wait there,— wait, and invite me while I climb ; For, see, I come !— but slow, but slow ! Yet ever as your chime, Soft and sublime, Lifts at my feet, they move, they go Up the great stair of time. But how shall we keep the Perfect before our thoughts, to live in the light of it? There are many ways or helps: I will speak of four. We ought to look at the glorious works of God, and think about them. It is not possible to say what the perfection of physical glory and loveliness may be. Perhaps on this earth we tread but on the threshold of inner chambers filled with unimag- inable sublimities and beauties, of which the grandeurs cf moun- tain, sun, and sea give us no image. It is certain there are places in the heavens where sights of splendor and majesty are visible surpassing all our earthly skies, by day or night. Never- theless, this little earth of ours, whether we think of its sublime and awful scenes, or of its grand and wide beauties, or of its del- icate and hidden loveliness, surpasses all we can express in hymn and music. It loads the mind, even unto staggering, with weight of feeling. The infinity of the starry heavens; the grandeur of mountains; the majesty of the sea; the shades of interminable forests, in which immense rivers are flowing; and the thicket, the tree-tops, the marsh, and the water, all teeming with radiant life,— "Clouds, mists, streams, watery rocks, and emerald turf, Clouds of all tincture, rocks and sapphire sky, Confused, commingled, mutually inflamed, Molten together, and coruposingthus, Each lost in each, a marvelous array ; " the roar that pours over the earth like music, so vast that sounds of all kinds and of every pitch blend in perfect harmonies, — winds, rains, torrents, the grinding of ice, the plash of waves, the cla- mor of ocean, the trumpet of thunder, night's insects and the morning carols of birds, blent with the wide murnmr when Zephyr tunes her harp of tree-tops, all these combined in sound 62 THE PEKFECT. " That ceases not to flow, Like smoke, along the level of the.blast, In mighty current," — such ravishment of eye and of ear as these things fill the earth withal, every day, well may he called Perfect, well may wrap the mind in thoughts of that Perfection of Eternal Life of whom all this unspeakable beauty is but the appearing! Drink deep of the earth's beauty, and fall asleep on that innocent wine: thou wilt dream Perfection. Another instructor in the thought of the Perfect is Love. Ay, and a wondrous instructor! It seems all but the only thing in which pure perfection dwells in man or earth. The earth is full of sunshine, yes, but of wild storms too, and freezing cold. There is fruitfulness and plenty, yes, and droughts, floods, ravages of in sects and of fire. And where find a man who is all perfect? The noblest have their frailties. Nay, even in what issue if not Love, will you come on perfection? The greatest achievments have some blots of failure. The most glorious works wrap up errors. The noblest poem, domed like the sky for grandeur, has ambuscades of imperfection. No intelligence, no power or will, no morality, force of enterprise, industry, but has some flaw, nor was ever any seen among men, nor could be. But, unless eye and mind mislead us much, sometimes we do see examples of perfect Love. This happens in high places and low alike. Love is not cold in rags, nor any warmer under a king's ermine. Anywhere it may be perfect. At least, we do see instances of love in which no blemish appears to our eyes, nay, even to minute searching; and this is sensible perfection. We do meet forms, — or read of them, which is only to meet them with the mind's eye, — of devotion, faithfulness, tender thoughtf illness, so encompassing, that to look on such love is like a sight of the Infinite sky ; for in the day of joy this love is a heaven of light ; and in the night of sorrow, a firmament of heavens — "Creation widened." These thoughts have come to me sometimes when I have seen transient looks, but illimitable, brush with their wings a parental face; or when I have seen an aged countenance in whose serenity Love shows perfected by exercise, — perfect at least beyond all my ken of blemish. For these sights I give thanks; for then I believe in the Perfect. THE PERFECT. 63 An other way to travel to the perfect is to look at our fellow- men. Behold first then march in great congregations, nations, races, continents of peoples. For this will teach us the law of the providence of God, whereby humanity is led like a child and schooled to virtue. All about us are evils, distressing, •mon- strous, — wars, cruelties, injustice, deceit, sickness and pain, agonies of love, loss, failure, disappointment. It is not easy — nay, close at hand, who is able? — to sink these dire things in Per- fection, and leave no taint of foul color, no ripple of disturbance. But look at the march of the race, at the long stretches of time in which facts group themselves to laws before our wondering eye, and you will see a transporting glory, even Infinite Perfect- ness. You will discern that the tendency of things is away from the evil, that the seal of life is set only on the good, and that the sure effect of all things is "to make the bad deed as if it had never been." Though right be "forever on the scaffold, wrong forever on the throne," you will see that scaffold " swaying the future," and God "standing in the shadows, taking care of his own." The tendency of things is illuminated with the Perfection of their Divine Home, and unto their home they must come like rivers to the sea. When our look is turned not on the rough places in the road, or on falls by reason of them, but on that city whither the road leads, we go always singing and praising. Turn to your fellow-men, also, to see and to rejoice in the best and holiest of your kind. Bring your eye from its sweep of the whole, to see the greatest and best persons. As I write in the early morning, I hear a voice singing in the house. It gives me a sudden sense of the Infinite. Such did the sight of a star give Wordsworth, it is said, when the poet laid his ear to the earth to listen for an approaching diligence, and his eye caught the gleam of the heavenly jewel hanging on a hill-top. Such sense of the Infinite and the Perfect do the great and holy spirits of the earth give us, — the voices of the prophets, the far-shining saints. They are witnesses of some- thing holy; and, if they seem to fulfill our dream, their humility and sorrow and aspiration, their u Why call ye me good? There is none good but One, that is God," give us a dream of Hitir d, earn. — Eternal and Perfect Holiness. 64 THE PERFECT. Turn to your fellow-men still more nearly, looking at the persons who are about you and live with you. Here, though they all are very imperfect (and happy art thou, if thou seem to thyself most imperfect of all,) thou wilt find each has some one grace, at least, in which he comes well-nigh perfection; nay, it seems sometimes as if that one grace lived in him with the whole perfectness of heaven. In one, thou wilt find a devotion, in which love and duty blend to a rare beauty of self-forgetful affection; in another, thou wilt see the perfection of cheerful, serene, uncomplaining endurance ■ in another, thou wilt discover high untainted truthfulness that nothing can frighten or break ; thou wilt behold in another the perfect strength of a will to do, to restrain, to undertake; thou wilt discern in another inexhaust- ible benevolence, pity, generosity; in another, thou wilt descry a delicate sense of duty and a tender conscience of heavenly quality; in another, thou wilt recognize a rare completeness of gentle humility, joined with self- discipline ; thou wilt mark pure moral courage in another; thou wilt distinguish sincere piety in another; thou wilt look in another on justice, and in another on forgive- ness, and on self-control in another. Look for these good things, love them, feed thy soul on them; and thus, if thou have many companions, thou wilt surround thyself with many graces. For each will give his best for thy asking, if thou hast eyes to see the best; and it will be very nigh perfection, and all will make a heavenly atmosphere in which thou canst live. Thou wilt be beyond reach of the worst sorrows, and wilt know how to purify grief. Thou wilt hear better the sounds from that city which is before thee; and the perfections thou hast learned to keep in thine eyes will be like light from the city, forming a little chambered space about thee and moving with thee. Another way to believe in perfection, is to help make it. very good, very worthy and valuable appear to our eyes the good things we have helped to build up! When devoutly we have endowed anything with our earnestness, our labor, our thoughtfulness, all or many of our virtues, perhaps, combining in work, — then the object shows to our eyes mainly its great and glorious traits. Little blemishes sink from sight, or if not from sight, from mind. The high and fine qualities seize us, and create a blessed satisfaction. Grumblers are idlers. The critics THE PERFECT. 65 who are but fault-finders are languid beholders of other persons' labors. Whoever helps to make the world beautiful and gracious, will find it very beautiful and very gracious indeed. Clouds of perfection will cover the earth, as if all life were a morning, and all experience a dawn of light. This is the same however cramped the lot be, even though we work in house-service or shop-service, or live in a little corner of humblest cares; for if you open a room fully to the sun-light, it is as much sun-lighted as all out-doors. The chamber is then a piece of the sun-suffused heavens, and witnesses of them. Great world-helpers have been great world-lovers. What they long and labor to help they behold so over-shadowed with perfection as to be worth all devotion. The world looks rich, the earth beautiful, the heavens worshipful and humanity glorious to such. I speak of Vincent De Paul, Monteliore, Mrs. Fry, Florence Nightingale, Octavia Hill, John Howard, Peter Cooper, Garrison, Pasteur, and many other per- sons as devoutly great, whether pushed forward into men's sight or hidden in lowly lot. To these souls comes knowledge of the Perfect. Here now are four ways of coming to think of Perfect- ness — that we look and see the glory and beauty of Creation, that we delight in our fellow-m n by looking on the march of mmkind and by knowing the good qualities of those who live with us, that \v j rejoice in perfectness of human love, and that we try to bring about goodness and make a fair garden around us. For if we do these things, we shall know that it is indeed a garden in which we walk and work; and God will "walk in the garden," as of old. Now consider how needful it is that we should have this thought of Perfection and hold to it. Without it, we were as in a waste of waters, having forgotten whence we came, nor know- ing whither to go or by what star to steer. But ! to know our home that it is the Perfect, and to know that we are but on a voyage of discipline, and that we shall come to our home, and that we have the nature of that home in us by our love of it and mindfulness of it, and that we may visit it continually in thought and faith, and by knowledge of its image^in the goodness around us! What a stay and joy, what a mighty strength and health and hope is that faith and thought, the Perfect. Here we are 66 THE PERFECT. placed in imperfection, yea, and often sadness of imperfection, sad traits, loneness, losses, wrong suffered — which is bad, wrongs done — which is worse, weakness, pain, disappointment, struggles, failures, fallings, risings but to fall again, faintings and staggerings, fears, sorrows, sins. Yes; but with them, many helps too, joyful things, beautiful and gracious, if we will keep our eyes open to see them and know that they are good. And best, brightest and strongest of all is that divinity within us, the thought of Perfection. That thought makes every joy great by showing us what the joy comes of, and it lifts us above all the wrong and strain and strife, or rebukes us if we stay in them, and gives us the steadiness of the thought of Eternal Quietness, the Perfectness of Law and Life. 0! 'tis the heart's need that the hymn sings, — "Make it mine To feel, amid the city's jar, That their abides a peace of Thine, Man did not make and cannot mar.' - This peace and power we have by the thought and faith that there is the Perfect One, yea, and his Perfection spread out, how- ever we toil yet in the transient and unfulfilled. A Shepherd once kept his flocks and herds in a poor pasture, and a traveler made light of the land and told the man 'twas but a rocky and wretched place. "Not so," said the Shepherd, " there be stones enough, to be sure, and the sheep must browse well to make their wool ; but it is not wretched for all that, for this country has a great King." "A King!" quoth the traveler, "Ay, but his court and city are far enough away from you, poor fellow." "Why, thus it is, Sir," answered the Shepherd, "So long as I know there is the King and the Court, I am happy; and if you like to listen to this pipe, Sir," quoth he, "I will show you that I can play the King's song, though the pipe be homely enough and made from yon scrub of an Elder." It is needful to us, yea, the life of life, the strength of strength, the joy of joy, to have hand-hold of the Perfect, and be with it, child-like. There is no peace for us but with the thought of Perfection; and with this, there is no war. We may be carried any whither and live in any place, in any bare and hard place whatever, and yet with the faith of the Perfect in us, THE PERFECT. 67 and the knowledge, like to the Shepherd's, that God is, we shall be rich and strong. And now behold again, for this needful faith, what angels come to minister to us, that we may learn the faith and be blest. First comes the sublime beauty of earth and sky — a saffron-winged angel with head-bands of stars, yea, and a voice of music, singing knowledge of land and sea and living creatures and fiery heavens. Then comes mankind, that is such "a piece of work," "noble in reason, infinite in faculty, in form and moving express and admirable, in action like an angel, in apprehension like a god" — truly an august minister, proclaiming Perfection by the concourse of all peoples in the march of man and by the gentle and sweet goodness or great heroism of humble persons who live with us. Then comes human love — and blest is any one if this angel abide with him, — making such music on the thousand-stringed harp as is a symphony named Perfection. Then comes the best and most clear-voiced of the angels, albeit very lowly-voiced and with meek face, — our own good deeds and simpleness of heart. For if we love the good, the true, the fair, and try to bring it about, we shall have sight of the Infinity, Perfection and Eternity of Kighteousness. " Blessed are the pure in heart, for they shall see God? ABIDING GOB'S TIME. "Abide under the Shadow of the Almighty."— Psalm 91, 1. The Shadow of the Almighty, — a beautiful thought! — as if Divinity stretched forth over the earth like an adumbration! or as if the earth with its skies, atmosphere, garniture of clouds and pomp of stars, were a semblance of Divinity, the Shadow of God. But where, then, must the Shadow of the Almighty be? Surely where the earth is, and always there where the earth is. For this trundling globe cannot roll out of the Shadow of God, and again roll into it. Can we think of the Shadow of the Al- mighty as stretching over a part of the earth's path, but from another part absent? or as striping the earth's orbit, if so I may speak, so that the earth rolls through alternate bands shadowed and unshadowed, now in the Shadow of God and now again out of it? Surely we cannot think or imagine after that manner; no, but that always the earth is in the Shadow of the Almighty, and that the Presence always covers the earth where it is. In this Shadow the text says we shall abide. But where can we abide but on the earth where it is, and where on the earth but on this part of it where we are? and in what moment but in this present hour of morning or noon or evening or night which now is on this portion of the earth? The present instant is in the Shadow of the Almighty. This hour is the Shadow of Eternity. And all that herein is, all the assemblage of things, all the joys and pains, beauties, glories, grandeurs, all small and all great, all motions, circles, attractions and mysteries and powers, are the Shadow of the Almighty. Therefore to abide under the Shadow of the Almighty is only to know where we are, and to have a religious sense of abiding where we are, to make our home herein and to be at one in spirit with all the things that 70 ABIDING GOD'S TIME. inhabit around us j and to find no fault, but do our duty with piety, counting every humble duty stately and holy, since it is in the Shadow of the Almighty, and has being and command- ment from God. This is my subject in this sermon, that we ought to abide God's time, and know that we are in his Shadow, and take up whatever is by our side in that Presence, and hasten not, and despise nothing nor throw anything away, and be not filled with ambitions for proud things, but take all duties reverently; be- cause all things are overshadowed with God. A poet* has enshrined this piety in verse. The first stanza of the poem runs thus: — "If I were told that I nmst die to-morrow, That the next sun Which sinks should bear me past all fear and sorrow For any one, All the fight fought, all the short journey through, What should I do? ' This question of the poet is religious. It touches that piety which lights up the present moment and shows the passing in- stant divine. What shall we answer to the poet's question? If we had to meet it, if we knew that to-morrow we were to die, what would be our answer? What should we do to-day? Let us try to answer the question, and then I will give you the poet's answer. Now we know that, as the future throws its shadow to the present, so also it casts forward an effect on the present. I mean that we cannot act to-day if we know that one thing is to happen to-morrow, as we shall act if another thing is to occur. We must govern our actions in part by foresight, for this is simple wisdom. If we know an earthquake is to happen to-morrow, surely we shall conduct ourselves in one way, but in another way if we know that a bright and gala festival is to be celebrated. Therefore, if, as the poet conceives, we knew we were to die to- morrow, no doubt our actions to-day would sort with the knowl- edge, so that we should act not quite the same as if we knew we were to sing or dance to-morrow evening. We should not pre- pare for that voyage out of sight into the illimitable sea as we should make ready for a pleasure trip in a coasting yacht. Yefc, * Susan Coolidge. ABIDING GOD'S TIME. 71 though it be granted that thus we should make some difference in behavior if we knew we were to die to-morrow, still there is a deeper sense in which we should make no difference at all, but seek to act the same whatever our knowledge of any thing to be- tide; because the present moment is the same, and this day is not made the less of what it is to the eye of duty or religion by anything that the morrow will bring when it comes. Therefore, though the knowledge of the sober fact of our departure being so near (I say sober fact, not miserable nor frightful, but only serious, as many a joy is serious) — though, I say, the sense of this soberness close at hand might add to the day's duties some tasks of preparation, some letter to be writ, last arrangement to be made, directions given, kind words said, advice offered, or exhortation or persuasion or messages, yet these were but duties added; and if time served for all the common duties of the day beside, then there they would be waiting for us with all their customary warrant. Therefore if the mother, the father, the brother or sister, or son or daughter, knew they were to die to- morrow, what should they do? What but go on with all the kind and gentle duties of the day as much as might be? They should cook the food, lay the table, draw the water. They should spread meat and drink. They should call the household. They should invite the guest. The meal should be cheered. Smiles should be given. Conversation should be made. They should go to their business. They should direct their affairs. They should sit at their desks. They should buy and sell. They should clothe and teach the children, direct them, sooth their sor- rows, cure their pains, send them to school, welcome them back. The floor should be swept. The flower-beds should be watered. The blossoms should be gathered. The rooms should be gar- nished. The lamps should be trimmed. They should direct manufactures. They should govern their mills. They should dispatch and forward, receive and store away. They should re- turn at evening and sit down in their home. They should break bread and give thanks. They should keep the study hour, read- ing the historian, the poet, the Bible. These things they should do the same if they knew they were to die to-morrow. For what is to happen to them to-morrow has no effect on the beauty, dignity, and duty of these offices to-day or on the claims of 72 ABIDING GOD'S TIMfi. others that they should do these offices, and " occupy " in the world, though it be but for one more day — as Abraham Daven- port said, under the lowering night setting in at high noon, that he knew only his Lord's commands to occupy till he came, and so called in the candles, saying, "Let God do his work, we will see to ours." Here I can but think of the aged; for they perforce in their daily living must answer one way or another the poet's question. They can look but a little forward on this earth, so little that they may be said to know they are to die to-morrow. And what should they do? What but go on day by day as all their lives they have done if they have lived well. Eichter says that "what makes, old age so sad is not that our joys cease, but our hopes." But this I think not true and helpful, nay, an untrue and not religious saying. And I like no better Dr. Johnson's remark, that age is "the period, alas, when our chief happiness is drawn from memory of the past "; and equally I think our own poet fails when he says, "How far the gulf stream of our youth may flow into the arctic region of our life where little else than life itself survives." Little else than life? What a saying! Why not little else than thought, little else than man, than earth and heaven and God? Little else than life? Nay, nay, there is an impiety in the phrase. I find a saying of Joubert that is nobler — " Old age takes from the man of intellect no quality save those that are useless to wisdom "; and Auerbach has a beautiful simile, "The silver-leaved birch retains in its old age a soft bark; there are some such men." Little else than life, for- sooth! Why, this has a glorious meaning, if we will understand, namely, that age is life stripped of weight, like an army that has flung away its baggage and subsists on the rich products of its line of jnarch. And now the end is close at hand, the sea-coast but a little way beyond a hill-brow and belt of green; the march is near its end. To-morrow it will be finished. What should age do? Why, march on the same to-day as yesterday. What should it do but human duties, waking, serving, thinking, mak- ing, loving, and sleeping, and all in peace, and nothing with any fever of expectancy, and everything with willingness of mind for the morrow, for the end of the march at the sea? In fine, then, the truth is the same for all, for one in the ABTDING GOD'S TIME. 73 glow of youth or the strength of mid-age, if he knew he were to die to-morrow, and for the aged who knows that his day already is long drawn out and must expire; and the truth is this, that we should go straight on with the simple duties of every day under the Shadow of the Almighty, because these duties are divine and are appointed us, and we should know their divinity and do them. It is in this simple way that the poet answers the ques- tion, thus: — "I do not think that I should shrink or falter, But just go on Doing my work, nor change nor seek to alter Aught that has gone ; But rise and move and love and smile and pray For one more day. And, lying down at night for a last sleeping, Say in that ear Which heai'kens ever : Lord, within thy keeping How should I fear? And when to-morrow brings thee nearer still, Do thou thy will." But what if we knew we were to live a long time? The poet asks this question, thus: — "But if a wondrous hand from the blue yonder Held out a scroll, On which my life was writ, and I with wonder Beheld unroll To a long century's end its mystic clue, What should I do?" Well, and if we knew we were to live a hundred years, as the poet says, what then? How would our lives be altered by this knowledge? What should we do then? What answer can there be again but that we must go on "day by day" to take up what God lays at our threshold to be lifted and carried into our house, or lifted and carried somewhither else, to do the tasks that God brings to our hands, to go in the paths that God opens to our feet? For whatever we find at our threshold or whatever comes to our hands or whatever paths open, these fall not to us by chance nor come with wings of their own, but God brings them and sets them before us, and every one of them is his be- fore it is given to be ours, and every one carries divine command. If we are to live a day, the commandment of God and whatever 74 ABIDING GOD'S TIME. task he brings to us, are not belittled; and if we live one hun- dred years, the commandment of God and whatever task he brings to us are not made greater. For naught can be added and naught taken away when God hath spoken. Therefore if, as the poet saith, the scroll be let down with our destiny for a century writ on it, this day's task is no more mine to refuse than it was before, and no greater nor more important, neither any less; but it is God's gift and his command, and all is said. Therefore 'tis the same if we were to live a century of days as if only one day, that we should go on the same; that with deft attention the food should be cooked and the table with clean service spread ; that we should draw wholesome water for bright ewers; that meat and drink should be laid with comely order, the household called to the health-making viands, the guest summoned and with kind hospitality regaled ; that the meal should be cheered with bright smiles offered, and conversation sweeter even than bread that nourishes the body and oil that makes glad the face of man ; that forth we should go to the business of the day at shop or hall; that wide affairs should be ordered well and we at desks sitting direct a multitude of things till they move in ser- viceable order; that we should seek in full markets what to buy and again in other waiting marts what to sell; that little children should be arrayed with comely modesty and taught a useful knowledge; that the sorrows of childhood, keen for little hearts, should be soothed and their pains or hurts of body be cured by kind medicaments, and they be turned forth to school in the morning with love, and with a like love welcomed back ; that we should cleanse the floors till they be fit pathways of health; that we should sprinkle the beds of flowers, being to them a provi- dence of rain; that we should cull the blossoms wherewith to garnish our rooms ; that the lamps should be trimmed to be like little suns on our tables; that vast manufactories with their whirling wheels and prodigious engines should be directed, and marvelous patterns and webs be designed for the looms of mills; that we should despatch far and wide over the earth by mighty ships, and again receive and unload and store in sky-reaching warehouses; that again in the evening we should come back to our home and sit down therein and break bread and give thanks ; and then forget not but studiously bethink us of our mind's needs ABIDING GOD'S TIME. 75 whereto the historian, the poet and the prophet minister. Like as if we knew we were to live but a day, so if we knew we were to live a hundred years, these things would carry the same import from God. And this is the answer of the poet: — '•What could I do, O, blessed Guide and Master, Other than this— Still to go on as now, not slower, faster, Nor fear to miss The road, althouah so very long it be, While led T»y thee?" We must abide God's time. For we cannot hasten anything before his time, however we try. This is one sense of abiding. But this is to abide ununited in spirit, laggard, unwilling, clashing, withstanding, mutinous. But we may abide. This is the religious sense of abiding. Here come in will and heart, by whose virtue we abide freely and joyfully, "not like the quarry-slave at night, scourged to his dungeon." This is a waiting with submissiveness, trust and tmity of spirit, that would not alter God's time. The Bible often has this thought. David said to Solomon, "Serve God with a Killing mind" Paul writes, "If there be first a irillin/j mind, it is accepted"; and in another place, "In preach- ing the gospel I have nothing to glory in, for I am under a ne- cessity to do so; yea, woe is me if I preach not the gospel. If I do so willingly, I have a reward. But if univilli/u/ly, still the steward- ship has been laid upon me." Aurelius says nobly, in a like spirit: "He who flies from his master is a runaway. But the law is master, and he who breaks the law is a runaway. And also whoever is grieved or angry or afraid, he is dissatisfied because something has been or is or shall be of the things which are appointed by Him who rules all things. And He is law, and assigns to eveiy man what is fit. That man, then, who fears or is grieved or is angry, is a runaway." It is for us to work; then after the working to say, "I have striven to do my part. Now, my God, do thine in thine own time." But we must work. For only work is believing in God and living with God. Idleness is beggary toward God. That we must abide God's time, whether we be dragged and whipped to it, or go to it with willing piety, doing his command- ments by the way and not stormy or rebellious with wishes and 76 ABIDING GOD'S TIME. passions — that we must abide his time, I say, appears in this, that we cannot see ahead, or do any thing to alter or mould what is coming, otherwise than by humble, self-forgetful, dutiful work in this present moment. We know not whether to-morrow we die, or after many years. And this is well. What could we do with foresight? This the poet says in this stanza: — "I inay not know ; niy God' no band revealeth Thy counsels wise ; Along the path a deepening shadow stealeth, No voice replies To all my questioning thought, the time to tell ; And it is well." This circumscription of us, that we cannot see ahead, simply brings this moment into heavenly import. It is shown divine, and God indwelling. This instant is a sight of him. Yea, and a perfect knowledge and sight of him according to our being and our power now to see or know. And if ever we be greater in being and in power to see and know, still it will be sight and knowledge of this present instant in which God lives with infinity. Who can drag back the past to change it? Who can drag for- ward the future to hasten it? The past has left its power and impress here: the future forecasts its piety here. They empty into this now, from behind and before. All that has been and all that is to be for us hangs on this, that now we have what we have, and that this is divine. Therefore what piety is there but to take this, and to know it is divine, and to go on with it humbly and faithfully, and yet with exultation that we are children of such a covenant? What piety is there but to take this day so divinely that we could do no differently in it, whether knowing we were to die to-morrow or informed we were to live a hundred years? Yea, how can we dare to edge in our own will, and threaten, storm or complain to the heavens? How know we all the things that hang on one thing, that were shaken if aught were altered at our bidding or wrung from a vexed heaven by our impious prayers? 0, how glorious the heavens! how quiet the stars! how beautiful and holy their array and order, like the progression of a hymn of worship! How dare we froth on them with our mouths? How can we break boldly and twist their rays by unwillingness and pride which make our ABIDING GOD'S TIME. 77 hearts bad and misshaping reflectors? How can we complain? How can we despise our duties and be fain to throw them off, where the heavens hang over? "All things are implicated with one another," says Aurelius, " and there is hardly anything unconnected with any other thing; and this bond is holy." Friends and brethren, this truth that we have been looking at, that has been put into my mouth for you, is simple religion. We have but to go on where a path shows. One step at a time, is religion. For the moment and place, that one step is the whole of religion. That step always is a plain one. Seldom in- d&ed\we know not ivhat to do the very next moment. 'Tis the moment after the next that perplexes us; but the next step is plainly before us. For if we know not what thing to do, this is God's command to wait. Waiting is then the next step. It is a great step, often trying the soul to its depths. It is very hard to wait with piety. But God's time is the right time; and the time that is and that comes is God's time, nor is this too soon nor that too late, while we do our part faithfully " day by day," under the Shadow of the Almighty. And thus the poet says, in the last stanza of the poem: — "Let me keep on, abiding and unfearing Thy will always, Through a long century's ripening fruition Or a short day's ; Thou cans't not come too soon ; and I can wait If thou come late." THE FULL BUSHEL. "Four pecks make a bushel." A strange text, but I hope au honest one. 'Tis sure that it states a fact — a great Virtue in a text. But possibly also it may be found a sort of sturdy Jacques, "full of matter" touching common life. It came before me thus: Two young gentlemen attended my preaching once on a time and listened to the sermon. I know not the exact time, nor what I said in that sermon; perhaps they also remember it not. There is nothing remark- able in these facts. After the sermon, the young gentlemen went forth like others of the congregation, and talked on the way, like the disciples going to Emmaus. I trust there is noth- ing remarkable in their talking awhile of the discourse they had heard. But the substance of then talk was noteworthy; for one said to the other: "I like to be told frequently that four pecks make a bushel." Now this was intended as a critical remark. It was supposed that the sermon had fallen short of the worth of the valuable fact that four pecks make a bushel. I mean not that I had dared deny that a bushel is four pecks, or had main- tained aught unsortiug therewith; but that I had not said any- thing of half so much moment to human beings as the fact or the statement that four pecks make a bushel. My sermon had been too remote, the young gentleman believed, from daily life in which the bushel is so valuable. When this speech was told me, I saw much wisdom in it. As a critical remark, indeed, it may be overrated easily. For, as you know very well, I look on thought as a duty. I think yoimg gentlemen and persons of all ages should like to be led to think sometimes, even if the elements of arithmetic be not the subject. I beheve in the inspiring and helping power of a noble 80 THE FULL BUSHEL. and high- thought, when it descends out of the heavens like a dove, or like a great storm, or like lightning. I believe in knowledge. It is quite plain to me that he will love the earth and the crea- tures on it best who knows most about the unfathomable life thereof, and the motions that manifest it. I think it well for the pulpit to try to help men to be reasonable. The first steam- boat that ever was made was set upon and broken to pieces by a number of ignorant watermen, and no other was built for a hun- dred years. Suppose, now, that the schoolmaster had instructed those dear wooden-heads regarding the nature and value of that steamboat, and that the priest had roused in them a reverence for human thought and a wise forbearance in matters whereof they were ignorant. That little vessel would have found the open sea. It has been remarked that no one can say or imagine what differences in empires, in arts and manufactures, and in all the motions of human society we should be witnessing now. Besides, whatever be the value of knowledge and thought, it is right that all kinds of persons should have a share of considera- tion. As many persons do find joy in thinking, those whose heads limp too much for that exercise must stand by the wayside occasionally, and see the robust pleasure with which sound parts will climb a hill. Therefore, be it said, the young gentleman's saying is not of profound critical value. Notwithstanding, it is wise, and I write this sermon on purpose to follow that counsel and to say over to you many times that four pecks make a bushel. For in truth it is impossible to say duly what an important fact this is, or with what profit we may remind ourselves of it continually. The first thing that siezes the mind in this matter is the precept not to expect more than four pecks to the bushel; for, as four pecks make a bushel, so by no means can we get more out of a bushel than the four pecks. This, alas! seems a very hard lesson for human creatures to learn. The world appears full of people striving to get more out of their bushel than the exact four pecks which they have put in. This is really a matter of profound ethical philosophy, so deep indeed that few understand it. However often the truth may be set forth, people do go on just the same in their strange efforts to find more than the four pecks, just as even at this moment many sorry heads are dream- THE FULL BUSHEL. 81 ing after a perpetual motion, though it has been proved a folly ten thousand times. One of the best expressions of this philosophy was uttered 1800 years ago, in the Sermon on the Mount. There it is stated that all things bear their own natural fruit, that everything has its own peculiar return and reward, of which it cannot fail; bu£ that we must not expect also the returns belonging to other things. For thus I paraphrase the terse language of that great sermon. "Take heed that ye do not your alms before men to be seen of them; otherwise ye must look to men only for your reward. For the act then is done for renown among them ; and this ye will have. But ye will have no reward of your Father which is in heaven. Therefore when thou doest thine alms, sound not a trumpet before thee, as the hypocrites do, in the syna- gogues and in the streets, that they may have glory of men. Verily I say unto you, they have their reward. There is an exact return that belongs to just that act, and they have that precise return. But there is a better alms, which is done when thou lettest not thy left hand know what thy right hand doeth, so that the alms are in secret; and these alms have another re- ward, which comes from the Father, who seeth in secret and will give the return. And when thou prayest, thou shalt not be as the hypocrites are; for they love to pray standing in the syna- gogues and in the corners of the streets, that they may be seen of men. Verily I say unto you, think not that they gain nothing by this act; nay, they gain its own exact reward, just its own impartial measure of return in the praise of men and in a sound- ing reputation. But there is a better way. When thou prayest, go into thy closet and shut the door and pray to thy Father who is in secret. This secret prayer has its own reward which comes to thee directly. And the prayer in the street cor- ners cannot bring the return that belongs to private devotion ; neither can the secret prayer expect the returns which belong to the public exhibition in the synagogues. Neither the open nor the secret alms, and neither the private nor the ostentatious de- votion shall fail of its own exact return, and neither of them can give what belongs to the other. Turn your eyes on the world to see some of the examples with which it is crowded — examples of the unhappy struggle to 82 THE FULL BUSHEL. get by one way the reward which belongs to another way, to scrape out of a bushel more than its four pecks; an unhappy struggle indeed, for nature has set her| face against such a busi- ness, and it comes to naught. Everywhere you shall see men devoted with all the body and the soul to money-getting. They work hard, yea, often they toil very severely, for the laying up of great stores of pos- sessions. Verily I say unto you, they have their reward. The possessions they do obtain, and the power and the consideration in the world which go with these things they receive. But if such persons expect also to win admiration for their worth of mind, if they, having thought only of storing up matter, look to be possessed also of thoughts and knowledge, if they hope for noble company and rich companionship which come to sit down by the side of wisdom in the society of high minds and fecund thoughts, if they wish to surround themselves also with all these very choice things of life, then they are looking for more than the four pecks which are in the bushel. But 'tis just so, too, if we turn and look the other way. For many persons there are who are so happy as to have room for the glorious exercise of mind. Either they have elected this blessed privilege, or they have been placed in its way by happy circumstance, or resolutely and nobly they wrest some time and strength for it from the toils of the day and the pleasures of the evening. And they have their reward. But they go grumbling that they have not also the other reward. They are not satisfied with the peace and joy, the serene intelligence, the clear depths of understanding in which nature is mirrored within them as the stars in a still pool — with these, I say, they are not satisfied, indeed they break them and destroy the calm peace which be- longs to them because they go hungering and clamoring for the rewards which belong only to the stores of matter and not to the riches of mind. They wish to be wise and full of knowledge, and yet complain that with this they get not wealth also. They bemoan the poor returns which they get. Alas for them! I shut my eyes on them ! they are scraping the bushel for more than its four pecks. Others there are who seek only how to have pleasure, and know not what the great and blissful pleasures are. They waste THE FULL BUSHEL. 83 time in a giddy round of social business from which they glean few moments to think or even to feel, and indeed not enough to rest as they ought. They have their reward. The pleasures please, the dance or game or jest weaves its patterns like gay carpets on which light feet come and go or pretty wit plays its dazzles; and "such a hare is madness, the youth, to leap o'er the meshes of old age, the cripple," even though old age spread the mesh kindly, saying, "I hobble now because I did in my youth as you are doing!" But youth has its reward and is gay, bright and lissom. But sometimes a deeper chord is struck. The youth will sit entranced before some glorious eloquence of word or music or picture. For the first time, life breaks on his eye, and it is seen to be a great deep sea. He will look up to some noble form borne on the breast of that life and tossed into the clouds by the heaving of that breast. He will be hlled with a sincere reverence and sorrow before the eloquence, the grandeur of thought, the wideness of mind, and the great joys and inde- pendence that inhabit those heavens. He will envy that strength and beauty. But therein he is discontented with his bushel for holding only the four pecks which he has filled it withal. Or again, there may be an unwise seclusion. Life is many- sided and rich in divers values. All are good, and particularly it is wise to come close to persons if we wish to keep life abound- ing in us and playing with a sweet rhythm on its shores. We see one person who is shut up in books ; he is full of austere study; he applies himself in a cloister copying books into his head, as the old monks did on parchment. He has his reward. He will store up curious learning, science will unlock her treasures for him and history her riches. Yea, but if he expect also the powers of life and light, if he wish to know, or if he envy those who know, how a heart-beat feels when it strikes on another heart; if he look for the light of children's eyes to stream in at his window, then he expects more than four pecks, and with all his getting he has not got the understanding of the bushel. You will meet many persons who are well satisfied with themselves. They are full of knowledge in then- own eyes. They rejoice in their wisdom and wish no one to lead them. They understand not that humility which the Arabians enshrine 84 THE FULL BUSHEL. in a tale of a Calef who, being corrected by a wise man for an ungrammatical expression in Arabic, promptly ordered that the mouth of the scholar should be filled with jewels because of the benefit which it had conferred; neither do they remember that the least tincture of vanity shows that the mind cannot hold place with the first and grandest. But this satisfaction in self has its due reward. It is free from the pains of aspiration, from the pangs of a regretful ignorance, from the waste and burning of the fever to think and to do noble things worthy of the universe which has produced us and to drink of the fountains of everlast- ing beauty. All these pangs pass by and leave the self-contented soul calm and quiet. But if such a one expect also to learn, to grow, to improve, to do justice to the fire which burns in gener- ous bosoms, to be gentle and considerate and careful not to en- croach on the rightful freedom of another's will or mind, then he looks for too much in the bushel. He can take out only the four pecks he has put in. You will see a selfish man. He has his reward. He can get and keep many things; he escapes much painful sympathy; he avoids much self-sacrifice. But very likely he wants to be loved, also; perhaps he groans at having no friends. This is merely foolish. He is trying to get more than four pecks in his bushel. You will meet persons who take the great social step in life with no heart. The great social step is marriage. Whoever moves into that charmed circle without a companion the mere touch of whose hand is bliss, is torn to pieces by imps. Yet without regard to character or mind or love, to the stabilities of moral worth and a good heart shining in a clear eye, you will see an inheritance marry an inheritance, as men club funds for business ; or, worse, if possible, a needy young man hunt out a fortune, like a luxurious bed, to lounge on it; or a girl take a husband who is unsound from the heart out and carries no mind behind his eyes, because he is rich. When a noble- man invited Coleridge to dine, he said, "I will send you my bill of fare." "Send me your bill of company," answered the poet. When two ask each other to that long entertainment at which they must sit and take life together, let them answer, "Tell me not what shall be on the table, but what you have in you for THE FUEL BUSHEL. 85 company." There is a story of a young girl whose father urged, on her a wealthy suitor whom she did not respect. He used the common arguments, not thinking for the moment of the wife whose daughter his daughter was, who lay asleep in the church- yard of the village home. But before the mother fell meekly asleep, she had left the diamond-drop of her womanhood in her girl. "Father," she said, "have you a sovereign? give it me. How bright it is! and how heavy! it weighs very much in life, does, it not, Father? But why does it not speak to me?" "'Speak, my Child?" "Yes, indeed, speak! Strange that something so mighty cannot speak! But perhaps it can think if it cannot speak, and walk and love and pray! it is so bright and shining! Can it do these things, Father?" "What questions, Child!" "But, Father, when I marry, I want somewhat that can talk with me, walk with me, think with me, love with me and pray with me. Until then, let me be only my Father's child." Now, the law is plain. Four pecks make the bushel. If any one marry the sovereign, and expect also the joys of those things which the sovereign cannot do, he is raking for more in the four pecks of tinsel in the bushel. But let these pictures pass by, as a panorama moves. The showman is tired of them, and in fact you may sit on a stone by any wayside and see hundreds of them. It is important to remember the one agreement in them all, — the unreasonableness of looking for more than four pecks in a bushel. Choose your ways of life and choose as men who mean to take the choice with all that it conveys. Bemember simply that if you elect some things, you cannot have the reward of others, and that it is foolish and feeble to grumble at not having things the condi- tions of which you will not elect. You cannot be greedy and grab successfully, and at the same time be noble and distribute beautifully. You cannot be selfish and mean, and at the same time lovely and beloved. Y^ou must choose whether you will be a mere mill, giddy with the whirl of the grinding when there is grist, and giddy with the clatter when there is none; or whether you will be a well-informed and large-minded man. Be sure 86 THE FULL BUSHEL. simply that with whatever four pecks you fill your bushel, you will get nothing else out therefrom. The second thing that strikes the mind touching this im- portant science of the bushel, is this, — that as we cannot get more from a bushel than we have agreed to put in it, so we ought carefully to give four fall pecks for a bushel. It will occur to you that this is the precept of common honesty. So it is. I hope indeed the honesty is very common. But what occurs to me now is that this is a very beautiful thing, this simple common honesty. The thoughts derived from the young gentleman's say- ing regarding the bushel lead us directly to a fine art. Consider. A customer wishes to buy something, be it food or cloth or shoes, or any other thing. The transaction is made. Exactly the equivalent is laid down in some other commodity or in the money which is the medium of exchange, and for that he receives ex- actly a full bushel of four pecks. It is done! What cleanness! what simplicity! what neatness! no loose ends or ravels appear, as in untidy work ! all is complete, rounded, finished, symmet- rical, as beautiful as a Greek face! Study that simple honesty. See how the social fabric glows by it. Look at it as an art, this matter of common honesty, a fine art. Think what an ignorant bungler he is who plots to give less than four pecks to a bushel. You perceive there is no art, no beauty, because nothing is finished. The act is involved in one long tangle and struggle with all other things. The mean deed is continually in the way, always tripping up some one, always half-showing its face, and then hiding again to peek out soon from some other corner. It becomes a source of disorder and doubt in everything. Beauty becomes impossible in its path, till that bushel of three and a half pecks is brought home and filled to the brim. If the chemist define dirt as matter out of place, what more natural than that ugliness consists in forms and things out of place. To give every one what belongs to him, that is, to put everything in its place, this is to make neatness, order, cleanliness, beauty. Dis- honesty is the hideous dust and scattered implements of a room where carousal has been. Simple honesty is brimming with beauty. It becomes the face of a man. It makes him look clearly and straight into other faces. It makes the world good, glad, and graceful. THE FULL BUSHEL. 87 Finally, I see in this saying touching the bushel a glimpse of the value of the common precepts in morality and the common experience in religion. The common staples of the moral life — how satisfying they are, how good for the taste, digestion, and health! An excellent musician said to me, touching common- place, "Bemeinber that if a phrase he common, it is common because it is good." So it is with authors. The greatest poets, those in whom human life is reflected most truly and grandly, are household names. Every one knows them and speaks of them. Only the foolish rake eccentric names out of obscurity as the touchstone of learning, or read and rend, like vultures, everything the press turns out. It is the common homely virtues, the daily experience, and the simple precepts voicing these, which are the fountains of life. I hold it bad to be a babbler of religion. Frantic experience-meetings or garrulous prayer-meet- ings and the noise of revivals are as profane, to my mind, as Babylonian rites. Between two or three let but a few words be said reverently touching the eternal mystery and the Great Name, and let silence follow. Sometimes the swell of emotion will rise like a great wave till it scatters its mist into the heavens and the stars drink it. 'Tis then like the ocean whose roar is not a chatter, but rests on deeps which bear up the sound, emitting none. But the sweet experience of daily gratitude and trust, the unspoken prayer which instantly is answered by a tide of will or endurance, the sudden thought of that Fatherhood of mystery which holds us like water-drops in a firmament, the peace amid difficulties, griefs, pains, disappointments, the simple patience and childlike kindness which disciplined natures bear about them, the simplicity, earnestness, fervor, love, forgiveness, repentance of every day — this is religion, common religion, sa- cred, serene and holy. 'Tis so with common morality and its precepts. They are the great things of life, and common because so needful. And the young gentleman wished them repeated ; he wished to hear often that four pecks make a bushel. He was wise. It is well to tell the truth and it is wrong to tell untruths; even a little untruth is both wrong and mean. Be not siezed with too much wonder at this saying: I assure you it is quite true, and a very simple truth. It is well to be loving and gentle to your wife or 88 THE FULL BUSHEL. your husband, to be very tender to little children, to be kind to the unfortunate, to be chaste in act and speech, to be honest, to be faithful in friendship and true to your word in all things ; it is well to be forbearing and forgiving, to return good for evil, to guard against spitefulness, to be generous in thought and deed, to try to help society on to a better state; it is well to be sober and temperate, to be cheerful and diffuse light about us. I as- sure you all these things are very true, and it is wise to say them over and over. But it will be wiser, and indeed a dawn of light and beauty like the creation sung by primeval poets, if we make these things as common in life as in words. These things, true, honest, just, pure, lovely, of good report — "if there be any virtue and if .there be any praise, think of these things." "Had it been given me to write down my life Or only ita beginning, but two lines, Upon a solid tablet of pure gold, How bad I paused ! bow pondered o'er tbe task ! Yet now, indeed, as cbildren on tbeir slates Write wbat is easily effaced, eacb man Writes witb ligbt band but ineffaceably His life upon tbe beavy mass of days Tbat towers bebind us, dark, immovable, An up-piled cloudy wall of adamant, Infrangible, more solid tban mere gold ; He writes it, as a fate, on buman bearts ; He writes it on bis own witb iron pen 1 Tben, writer ! tbink, create, engrave witb care." THE KICHES OF LIFE. " The earth is full of thy riches."— Psalm civ. 24. This great and glorious psalm is one of the two or three places in the Old Testament in which riches has a wider and higher meaning than merely wealth or money. Indeed, the riches of life, or perhaps better I may say the riches of living, is rather a thought of the New Testament than of the Old. I have met, indeed, hut one other passage in the Old Testament in which the word riches is applied to aught more than the having of material wealth, which is that good saying in Proverbs, " There is that maketh himself rich, yet hath nothing; and there is that maketh himself poor, yet hath great riches." But the New Testament is full of this glowing thought of the riches of living, of the riches of mind, of the heart, of the soul. In Luke we have the parable of the rich man who thought within himself to pull down his barns and build greater, and heap all his fruits and his goods in them, and say to his soul, " Soul, thou hast much goods laid up for many years, take thine ease, eat, drink and be merry ; " and, says the evangelist, when God shall require his soul of him this night, whose shall these things be that he has provided? Such is he that layeth up treasure for himself and is not rich toward God. Like to this is the saying in the first epistle of Timothy, " rich in good works," which the Apostle says must be our aim, that we be not lofty-minded, nor trust in the uncertain riches, but in the certain ones, Athich is riches in good works. So the Epistle of James says, " Hath not God chosen the poor of this world to be rich in faith?" And again in the book of Revelation it is said that he 90 THE RICHES OF LIFE. that is the First and the Last saith to the churches, "I know thy works and tribulations and poverty, but thou art rich." In Paul and the apostles this glowing thought of riches of life is far forth to the front. Paul says in his letter to the Komans, u The Lord is rich unto all that call on him;" and again in another place, " The riches of his goodness, forbearance and long suffering," cries the apostle; and in yet another place in the same letter, " The riches of his glory ; " and the same expres- sion occurs in the letter to the Ephesians. In another place in the Komans he says, " the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of God." And in the epistle to the Ephesians we have these sayings: " Eich in mercy for his great love wherewith he loves us," " The exceeding riches of his grace," "The unsearchable riches of Christ;" and in Collos- sians the apostle speaks of " The riches of a full assurance of the understanding, the full knowledge of the mystery of God." In the Hebrews it is said that the reproach of Christ, which is to say the reproach that men endured for his cause, " is counted greater riches than the treasures of Egypt;" and in Cor- inthians Paul writes, " For your sakes Christ became poor that ye, through his poverty, might be rich." It is quite wonderful that thus the word riches comes into the New Testament alive with such a new and glowing sense, whereas in the old Hebrew scriptures it had but the common meaning of ordinary wealth. Let us take up this subject, let us look a little at the riches of living. This has been pressing on my mind and heart all this summer. How the subject crowds indeed! If I must try to speak of it in a little space, as I must, it seems like treating of history in a page, or reading some grand volume in an hour, or taking ten thousand miles of landscape on a canvas. And yet I bethink me that this last can be done if we paint the heavens ; yea, and ten million miles. So we may speak in brief of the riches of living, if we take a high and heavenly scope, if we apply to the riches that are like the sky, and so bring a vast view into a small space. The riches of life are Nature, Creation ; again, Mankind; again, Experinece of Ourselves. Or thus I may phrase these riches: The joy of observation and knowledge, the joy of love and liberty, the joy of labor and obedience. Let us speak of these in order. THE RICHES OF LIFE. 91 First, look at Nature. This map unrolled before our wondering eyes — what a riches of life! what a splendor to walk in ! To walk in it day by day, as we may, is riches of pleasure It is a pleasant thing to go about, pleasant to look, listen, hear, to see or to smell. Pleasant, say I? I have be- thought me at some moments in this last jubilant flowering season that to walk about was glorious, like a king's progress. I can see from my window a lime kiln; soon I go by it; a tall column of black smoke rises from it. Even in the daylight I see a brush of red flame laboring with the smoke. After the smoke is gone, a delicate white mist ascends, draping the air. I pass some wood sawyers at work; I admire the large, keen teeth of the double-handed saw ; and the smell of the cut wood is delicious, wholesome. I hear the hum and smell the clean flavor of a grist mill. I stand a long time admiring the whirl- ing stone, snuffing the wholesome dust, handling the brown wheat. I look into the window of a swarthy place, where plow- shares are ground. A workman holds one on a movable frame ; when he brings it against the huge stone, streams of sparks fly off like a comet's tail. I meet a boy full of brown health. What a sight he is, running down the hill to the west! His cap hangs on the back of his head, and the broad leathern visor is turned to the north star. I observe a squirrel sitting erect ; I see that he has a black nut in his hand-paws, and another near by a piece of apple. Crosses my path a handsome white hen, with black marks on her back and wings ; she has found a ripe, red tomato. I find a tree-toad in a well cover. I know how his voice sounds when he is in the tree. I see that he looks like a piece of breathing bark. I hear the locust spring his rattle at noon when the air is full of the delicious heat, and the frog and tree insects at night, more shrill than any human instrument can pitch a tone. At sunset I wait long, looking at the river, at the solemn palisades of rock rising until the western clouds cover them with golden drapery. In some places the river is smooth, in others covered with ripples. The trees far below those battlements make feathery shadows in the water long after they have melted into one black mass away up the slope. A star one hour high shoots a ray of light straight down into the water ; it ends in sprays and sprinkles of light like a fountain in the air. 92 THE RICHES OF LIFE. I hear many cheerful night-sounds in the coolness; I hear children playing and calling one another ; I note dogs growling and baying in the distance ; I hear a hand of music; it ends a piece with a long, sweet tone and a staccato chord with a drum-beat ; I hear the pretty voices of girls, talking and laughing; and a rapid step on the pavement sounds happy. Such are the things we walk among, even the little things, and each one of them full of beauty, of the riches of life. In the hundred and fourth Psalm, where I have chosen my text, the poet speaks of many of these things with a Hebrew's sense of majesty. He says : " God covereth himself with light as with a garment, and stretcheth out the heavens as a curtain ;" he ''lays the beams of his chambers in the waters ; " the clouds are his chariots, and he walks on the wings of the wind. There are springs in the valleys which run among the hills ; they give drink to the beasts of the field, and the wild asses are there qupnching their thirst. The fowls of the heavens come and make their habita- tions and sing there among the branches. He causes grass to grow for the cattle, and herbs for the service of man. Near by are trees full of sap — the trees which he has planted — and to them come the storks, and other birds, and they make the fair trees their houses. The hills are covered with wild goats; and the moon riseth for his season, and the sun knoweth his going down. Darkness comes on, and the beasts of the forest creep forth, and the young lions roar after their prey. Behold, also the sea, the great and wide sea, wherein are things creeping innumerable, small and great beasts, the leviathan which has been formed to play therein, yea, and the ships that man hath made. And man goeth forth to his work and to labor until the evening. If we look at man now as the Psalmist has looked, and see him among these other wonders, what riches to see and to note! Among all beauties, what beauty like the human body! The splendor of it, its superb and stalwart agility, its supple grace, its swiftness, its exercise, its endurance, — what equal to these? Then, too, the science of its structure, its anatomy, its science of health, of disease! The human voice is the most tender and ex- quisite of all vocal sounds, and sweeter than all instruments of music, being vibrant with soul. Also how dear it becomes THE KICHES^OF LIFE. 93 when 'tis the voice of a Mend, being like a sweet song in itself, so full is it of feeling, so tender with the vibrations of love, or so reverberent with precious memories. The human face — what riches! what forcible light, like a sun! how exquisite its symmetry, how noble its power, how sensitive the mouth, how raptuous the eye, and how beautiful altogether! how sublime and tender the emotions that move on it! And the human hand, why this is the wonder of all creation, as well as one of the greatest beauties of the whole earth. Its mechanical perfection is the delight and astonishment of the philosopher, its form is the charm of the artist, its signs of character are marvelous; it is a tool, a weapon, a grace, a glossary of sign-language ; its clasp is love, friendship, faithfulness, honor, protection. What riches of delight, of joy, are in the human body! And those of the soul in the body, the wonders of men's doing, the wonders that he hath made by employing his body on all the material frame about him! The acts, the inventions, the imaginations, — these glow like lamps in every village and hamlet, they fill our dwellings with marvelous utensils and conveniences, they clothe us with lovely fabrics, they make industry and cheerfulness to abound. The science, too, of all this wondrous army of things! I include the descriptive sciences, botany, zoology, geology, and the sciences of minerals, birds, shells, and the ex- perimental sciences, properly called physics, mechanics, accous- tics, optics, heat, electricity; also astronomy, which holds a radi- ant and unapproachable place of its own. What rapturous pur- suits are these! what riches of living! what vistas of order, force, time, they open! what entrancing beauty in the grand and in the minute, when man in his soul takes his station and makes his body work, as we may say, on the infinite body. We sit reverently at the feet of those magicians whose wand is observation, whose spell is thought. Magicians? Nay, priests and prophets, who open to us these splendors, richer than all the mines of the East, and these marvels greater than Ara- bian imagination ever dreamed. Poetry, painting, music, sculp- ture, architecture, the drama, all are riches; all have such histories and such fullness that any one may be the subject of huge volumes, the long and deep study of a hfe-time. These are the vessels by which beauty brings her loads of 94 THE RICHES OF LIFE\ graces or riches from that unknown country where they grow, to spread them in our cities, homes and lands. "What a wealth! what riches of thought, — wonderful, inexhaustible! The feats of the masters of language, of the poets who have known how to use syllables, of the learned men who have had wit to acquire the different tongues of the earth and with them do wonders of research into the condition and movements of the race long before the age of history, the aid of speech in the study of religions, the deciphering and rescuing of whole national histories from oblivion, — these are among the triumphs of human riches. Speech is such a thrilling, beautiful, master- ful, wondrous function, that display of its history or nature or capacities, is great glory. All this I see, I feel, I note about me. If you keep your minds and eyes and ears open for these things, you shall not take any walk, in what day or hour soever, but they shall come one on another, and then troops of them together, crowd- ing on your soul. I look at faces. Each one hath a look, an art, a faculty, a place, a duty, a joy, a struggle, a wonder; — "what a piece of work!" The effect of going about much, if we will use our eyes, as we should if we were walking among riches to know them, is to behold such a panorama of great creatures, all about us, as must fill us full with the thought of the riches of life. Let us not get used to these virtues, to be dull and dry among them. I knew a wise man who took by the hand a little maiden who was about to enter the solemnity of marriage, and taking her away for a little talk, he said to her: "My child, I give thee one counsel, — never get used to love! Be never used to it! If thou try hard, thou canst keep it a perpetual wonder." What if we saw a man now indeed for the first time? How should we be quelled to our knees! And a star for the first time, creation widened at night? How should we burn with un- utterable praise! And yet every morning we ought to awake as to a first time of men and things, and feel "how beautiful it is to be alive." All is great and admirable, and very important, like a plainly-clad herald charged with matters of great moment. I can but exclaim with the poet: — THE KlCHES OE LIEE. 95 '•I believe a leaf of grass is no less than the journey-work of the stars. And the pismire is equally perfect, and a grain of sand, and the egg of the Wren. And the tree-toad is a chef d'oevre for the highest. And the running blackberry would adorn the parlors of heaven. And the narrowest hinge in my hand points to scorn all machinery. And the cow crunching with depressed head, surpasses any statue. And a mouse is miracle enough to stagger sextillions of infidels." But turrPnow from nature to mankind. Man himself, our neighbors, our friends, and all the people that fill the continents, these are riches of life ! How we are drawn and woven into the little circles of those that come near and very close to the heart! I call this second department of the riches of life, the joy of love and liberty. Why I speak here of liberty with love, I shall ex- plain by and by. But now I will speak simply of the riches of the affections. Think of the array of them, and what they in- clude, the things that centre in them and cluster with them. There is birth. What interest rests on the mystery of the assem- bling of that congress of qualities, which each one calls "I," and on its advent to this new earth! How strange the thought of that unfathomable depth from which we come, which seems to be all light beneath, but over it floats a drapery, a thin drap- ery of impenetrable darkness. We see the light through it. How impossible to admit the thought of a beginning. Yet there comes that little life, rising like a lily to the surface ; and we know not how it is planted or rooted, or whence it rises to dance on the wave which, God grant, be a sunny wave unto it by our means. And round that little life the affections gather as it grows to childhood. How pathetic the helplessness of the little child as it grows! how tender its disposition! how ready to forgive! What answerableness lies on us to strive by patience, by prayer and watchfulness, to guard and lead well the little child! Oh, what riches given, of which we are the stewards ! So the child comes to youth. Then open the charms of life, that call either with a siren's voice or with an angel's, ac- cording to the ear of the young soul, whether tuned to heavenly or to earthly strains. Think of the choices then made — how 96 THE KICHES OP LIFE. beautiful they may be! how sad! how radiant with life, how ghastly with death! This is the time when education is tested, when the influences of childhood, the father's precept, the mother's prayer, the example of both, the inheritance (we know not how far back), begin to grow into lilies or nightshade. Then draws on middle age. The affections have kept pace with the unfolding life; the riches of love come forth to meet the riches of experience. Now brims the cup of energy and activity; the body is fully ripe, the strength adequate to labor, to enjoy, to sorrow too. This is the time of mature and grave issues. Life sometimes is storms of passions that rage over the soul ; but if the spirit can answer to the heavenly voice, those waves .will be tipped with white, and toss a pure spray into the sky, and the farther upward to the stars will it go the mightier has been the surge. So, with the power and glory of mid-life, we come at last to the rounding down of old age from the hilltop — a moving theme. The affections gather around it with great riches. It is a resplendent sight if it be noble, and in all ages old age has loaned its silver to the tongues of sages and bards. A beautiful charm rests on the evening of a life well spent. A holy light, as of something both ending and beginning, hovers around it, a most wonderful beam, like the light in the west, which is evening-red to us, morning-red to those who live beyond. Age also grows very tender in love. The aged live in a benign, wide-reaching and beautiful love, founded sometimes in their own temptations, struggles, victories. Woe be to the old man who knows not the young, having forgotten his own youth ! And so come we to death. Nay, I like not the word; we come to dying. Dying is not death; nay, but an act of life. It is sure to come; it hastens on with every flying minute. Yet see how far it is from casting any shadow of fear or gloom on us. The affections, when it comes, stoop over it, as they stoop over naught else but a birth. But we enjoy heartily, we love dearly, nay, we dance, we sing, in gladness of heart; and all of it, every laugh, and look, shakes off trembling leaves into earth's warm lap, — a holy and lovely mystery; not dreadful, nor repulsive nor shocking, but mysterious. All the way along this wondrous rich path, friendship THE RICHES OF LIFE. 97 beams. Friend-love makes a great part of all full lives. It fills the clays with love, with helpfulness; it keeps the earth full of company for us in many different corners where our friends live; it blooms as well in absence as in presence of our friends, yea, sometimes meseems it blooms better ; for when we get far away from one, it is very hard to think of his blemishes. Friend- ship is a perfect confidence, a mutual trust in trouble and sym- pathy in joy; also a source of warning, of guidance, of knowledge of ourselves. And sometimes this friendship — for that is the right way of it — blooms to what we call peculiarly love, that ex- quisite, delicate sentiment which draws two persons together into the most mysterious and holy of all unions. It is a mighty friendship, when perfected, with somewhat added. I may chal- lenge any one to tell me what that something is. It is elemental. Loving should rest on character, on moral worth and intellectual companionship ; and over all these comes that somewhat from heaven which is like light in the day at high noon, irradiating everything, but blinding us if we look at it too directly. Such love is stable and glorious. With this comes on the wondrous union of marriage. So enters marriage into all life that it is the theme of all stories and poems, the one union of lives of which all else seems pre- diction. No words can say too much of the riches or of the sanctity of that union, its supreme joy, or its great misery, ac- cording to our power to rejoice or to sorrow. In this wondrous riches, to keep them, the rule should be to throw away naught and let naught lie unused, but gather every possibility of com- panionship, cherish every little point where association, fellow- ship, appreciation, respect, admiration may quicken. Seek for them. This will enlarge the extension of the union till it shall cover the whole domain of life with a companionship which is strong inspiration and joy, encouraging each to the best things to be done and rewarding each with the dearest praise to be had. Nay, what other praise may be sought? None, none. The admiration and praise of the bosom friend are the only lauds that ever one ought to seek. With this, the work should be spread broadcast, without thought of the return of it. Such are the affections. So manifold, so creative, so truly of God, such a riches of the heart in life! 98 THE RICHES OF LIFE. divine Love, great riches of life, that fillest heaven and earth like light, "offspring of heaven, first-born" — nay, not first-born, nor second, nor at all, not, indeed, having being in time but time in thee — un created, infinite, eternal Love, how dost thou lift human hearts into the heaven where thou art! Nay, I would say rather, how dost thou make us to see that this heaven surrounds the earth which floats midway of it! and never was it otherwise, and love bathes it in providence, and yet shall in bliss! Like water which is all one everywhere, so that whether it be a mountain spring, or torrents of rapids and water- falls, or a calm running river whose motion is too deep to be seen, still it is one with the ocean and riseth therefrom, and goes back thereto to rise again, and in its circle refreshes all things, plant and man, and beast and creeping thing, so art thou, Love, which art one everywhere ; and whether in child's heart, or man's, or woman's, and whether in one or in a nation when a million hearts beat like one, or whether consort- ing with knowledge, or with the untaught — yea, whether even with gentle and delicate souls, or with the rough, the rude — yea even with the savage in the forest, and besides these, even in the hearts of good dumb beasts that are faithful and feel thy pangs and joys, Love, in all these thou art one with the Infi- nite Life, the eternal, the all-holy, the Almighty, and risest therefrom and goest back thereto, and again risest, coming by death and life, by sleeping and waking, by morning and evening, and in thy circles filling the springs of joy, refreshing man and beast and creeping thing, yea, and the very plants which love will not let die of thirst; and dost bless the dreams of youth, the joy of mid- age, the peace of the old, the birth by which we come, and again the birth by which we go — the cradle, the school, the store, the bed, the grave! Love, what dost thou not hold! 0, Love, what dost thou lack! Naught, naught, naught! Thou hast all heaven, since thou art of Him whose abode is all the heavens which he hath inhabited eternally. Love, thou canst make this earth a blooming garden, full of such flowers as never yet were seen; for these blossoms shall be joy, and peace, and grace, and praise, and thanks. Love, thou dost take the nearest persons, those that belong to the heart that loveth them, they that make the home and live close together, THE EICHES OF LIFE. 99 thou takest them, Love, and being near, thou makest them nearer, and being alike, thou makest them more alike and drawest them together till they seem as one ; and having joys under one roof, thou dost bring the joys to be but as in one soul under one roof, and all the sorrows to be as in one heart! This thou canst do, Love, and blest is life when thou hast done it. Then canst thou reach out, thou heavenly Being, Love, thou canst reach out to them that are afar, and to them that are un- like; and as thou dost gather the near and the like into one, so canst thou call the far till they come near, and the unlike till they become similar; and we shall know what those afar are feel- ing because they have come near, and the beats of their hearts strike on ours as waves from coast to coast. And thou makest us to know, Love, what thoughts rise in others, though unlike and speaking another tongue and in other labors working, differ- ent from ours, because thou hast made us — thou alone, Love — akin in soul, and hast drowned the unlikeness, and hast gathered, as of one blood, all that speak and feel, yea, and that feel but speak not, the dumb creatures and the creeping things ! And when thou hast done this, Love, and they that are near have become as one, and they that are far have come near, then dost thou take all as one family into a temple, yea, and show them that their home is a temple, and all the riches of the tem- ple thou showest them, and dost lead them all together into the glory of the joy of the worship of Love, of One, our Father, our Strength and our Kedeemer. .0 Love, show us this holy thing! Show us what thou art ; teach us, make us humble that we may learn. Let us fall down and hear while thou dost speak; and then lift us, Love, to lead us to peace, to kindness, to long-suffer- ing, to thought, not of ourselves, but of others, that joy may live in the earth as is natural, and that we shall not be shut in our own hearts but know what others feel. This thou canst do, Love! So have I spoken of the riches of life which nature is by its great abundance of glories to see and hear and know; also of 100 THE RICHES OF LIFE. the riches which our fellow-beings are unto us, by deep joys and wealthy marvels of affections, which can do such wondrous works and give such great blessings. Now I come to speak of the riches of life which each man may be unto himself. This is the third point of my sermon, that there is great riches in our exercise and experience of ourselves, which is the same as to say in labor and obedience. This is because we are such creatures as we are, so wondrously framed, with such organs, powers, thoughts, with such a place and function. In truth I would say any creature is riches unto itself. Yes, for to live is riches. To have life, if it be no more than as the ciliae sweep currents of pleasant food-bearing water into a polyp's mouth, is riches. How 'much more, then, to know that we live, to look forth on life and see it, to behold other creatures living, and hence to re- flect the more on our own life and the manner of it, how much more is this great riches! "For friends and brethren's sake, I will never cease to say" that life is very riches in itself. No, however some may speak of woes and ills, or however, doing much worse, some call life itself a woe or ill, a naught, a failure, an idle or wanton sport or jest, or grim jeer of fate, I will not cease to say life itself is riches, the riches of God, the wealth of the heavens, glorious, divine and holy. What great riches unto ourselves, then, may we be in this riches of life, being so rich a creature in this riches as to know it and think of it, and look forth on it! Our riches unto ourselves, as I have said, is our experience and exercise with ourselves in the two ways of labor and obedi- ence. Every lot has somewhat in it to do and somewhat to bear. Men can do naught more than to labor and to bear. Either to labor or to bear is obedience. Therefore all our riches unto our- selves is in obedience, in what way soever we be led or com- manded. And this is right and as it must be; for the Creator is the riches of creation. God is the riches of riches, and our obed- ience to him must be the only riches that we become unto our- selves. But now take labor by itself. What a great and good riches of life work is! Sometimes it has "a frowning brow for its dis- guise," for labor seems as if it would fain steal on us and take us slowly to its heart, as a friend does in the making of a new THE RICHES OF LIFE. 101 friend, and let us learn gradually what a riches we have gotten when we think it but a lumpish slag or dross, mayhap. Yes, labor thus often disguises its lovely face, and always duty does thus; for each is so very sweet that its sweetness seems guarded and hedged about by nature, and not to be had at first taste of it, but only after the struggle to open it and explore it ; which is only to say in plainer phrase, that fint steps cost, and be- ginning i always are hard. But nevertheless labor is a grand and noble riches, worthy for a man to cherish, and to be known by a man to be riches. Work is a riches by what it makes, or what it guards, for us. This I speak of first as the lowest way in which work is riches, that it brings things contributing to us, things both useful and healthful, and brings wealth to us, for labor subdues the earth to us. The eye, the ear, takes in great riches, glorious and great riches; but the hand must work on the substance of these glo- ries to subdue it, and to make some of the splendors at will too, to join them in pairs and fours and tens, and in troops, to make them serve and enrich us with their marvels of qualities and properties and powers. Therefore labor is riches by the riches it brings unto us. "Industry need not wish," said Franklin ; no, for it gets; it is the power that puts the wish into shape of fact; it is the capital that grows other riches, like fruits on a tree. But here again we run on the- truth that labor itself is riches. This is a truth so shining that it cannot be hidden, but shows itself everywhere by the glow around it. "Industry need not wish" ; no, truly, it is too rich in itself to be wishing. It will have an aim, a great aim, mayhap, a far and mighty aim, that shall stay distant a long time, and come nearer, hovering, loom- ing, very slowly ; but labor will be content the while and see the aim as a grand, a heartening, a towering splendor, like moun- tains before the traveler. Doth the traveler bewail the road to the hills while their glory is before him all the way, changing and looming, and cloud- clothing itself, and again tin draping and glowing in the sun at every step of him? Nay, not more does» manly labor bemoan itself in wishes. It is too rich in itself. It is life at high powers. What should it be wishing? Look there- fore no longer at the hand of labor by which it gathers things, but at the soul of it, and see that it is great riches of life in 102 THE RICHES OF LIFE. itself, as I have said, and somewhat to be thankful for, and taken as no curse, but as a blessing and wealth from God. Labor is self- unfolding, and that is great riches. Is anything more wealthy to you than to grow? Has any man aught that is so great riches to him as himself? If then he grow and unfold and flourish, his greatest wealth is rolling up. This is what work does. It makes us more; it unfolds and increases us; it opens forth our power and unrolls the map of our qualities -to be a guidance and a knowledge to us and wakes up our strength like a sleeping lion dragged forth and roused until his might amazes and shakes us. By naught but labor can a man be this riches to himself, that he unfolds and opens and knows himself and sees the might that is in him, and has a grand and amazing view of himself, and is enraptured by what he may become — by naught but labor. The very trees will not root themselves unless they wrestle with bois- terous winds and labor in tempests. Therefore, is not labor great riches? is it not itself a riches of life? What manner of man is he who calls it a vexation, an ignominy, a hateful thing, a poverty? What manner of thinker is he? what kind of wor- shiper? Nay, no worshiper, but a scoffer; and no thinker, but a babbler; nor hardly a man at all, but most unmanly, ser- vile, and more like cattle who take no thought beyond what they can get for the cropping of it. Yet there lack not men, and some who vaunt their wisdom much, who call nature but a maimed kind of nature because labor is fixed to it, because work is ordained; and life, say they, is a hard and thistle-grown field, a poor fare, a starving or else sweating caravan to the grave. 0! in my soul I do rejoice against such, and pity them with a kind of wondering pity, that they make labor a poverty, which is, in truth, the most heavenly of riches. I can but sing with joy because life is a riches and not a waste. I would stand in the market-place and cry it over and over, that life is wond- rous riches, that nature, with all glories of sea and land and heavens, is riches to every sense, and human fellowship a holy wealth by love, and a man great riches unto himself by labor. And if any say thai labor is a task, I answer, Labor is life, and not to strive and put forth by strength were death. And if any one say that wisdom has labor annexed to it, I answer, Not so, but labor has wisdom annexed to it; and labor is the oppo- THE RICHES OF LIFE. 103 site of drift and nothingness ; and if we rise out of naught, cometh wisdom immediately. But labor is a strain, they say, and strain is a grievance ; it is wearisome and over- weigh ting, and men are huddled by it into gangs of slaves, and the best is bound and pent and worn by it, and but staggers along like a beast of burden. I answer that often it is a strain, a long, hard strain; because so needful a thing is work, and so heaven- weighty, that we must carry it, and yet have not learned to carry it. Well, up with it, then! lift it! by carrying learn to carry! This is a man's part with it, if it be reasonable that it is better to be a man than a worm. This is the whole problem. Is it better to be a man than a worm? If it be better, then all that a man does and must do and carry, is but the riches whereby he is a man and not a worm. Labor is yet a great weight, for so vast riches is not handled easily nor lifted well until men have learned much. Hard struggles, oh how hard! — rude and grinding toils, long and hope-hiding fagging, grim travail, pale drudgery — these hang on us like iron collars and clank like leg-fetters. But this is the drag and grind of the great weight of treasure, while we have not learned to pull at it all together. Sometime we shall learn ; but it shall be true then, and now is, and forever must be, that work is noble. It is the badge of the King on us. Labor itself is riches of life, being the self -unfolding of the soul to become rich and to know that it is so. Oh, what evil preaching is that which calls labor a primal curse! What mean thinking, what slave's babble, that it is an ill now, that it is to bear burdens and li groan and sweat under a weary life;" as if to sleep, to sport and to be at ease, were the riches of life and a man's part in creation! No, to work is riches and noble, mighty and high. It is profusion of riches, poured all around us like rain on a full soil. It is glory and light, honesty and beauty, decoration and honor and power — a riches of joy. " The very exercise of industry immediately, in itself, is delightful," says Barrow, in his strong way, " and hath an innate satisfaction which tempereth ' all annoyance and even ingratiateth the pains going with it." But (i sloth is a base quality, the argument of a mind wretchedly degenerate and mean, which is content to grovel in a despic- able state, which aimeth at no worthy thing, nor pursueth any- thing in a laudable way, which disposeth a man to live gratis 104 THE EICHES OF LIFE. and in gratefully on the public stock, as an insignificant cipher among men, as a burden on tbe earth, as a wen of any society, culling aliment from it, but yielding no benefit or ornament thereto." Labor fills the world with a vast net-work, which is one of the most rich of all sights. Think of our banks, the carrying trade, the roads, the machinery by which transporta- tion is effected, the vast bulk of that transportation moving all the time — a mighty wonder — the postal service, international relations, and the dependence of the ends of the earth on each other, happily increasing all the time, great riches triumphing over wants — all these fill the mighty artery of life with a torrent. No sluggard shall know the riches of life. I mean not that he shall be poor in purse, though it is often so; but if he have gold galore, still he shall have no riches of life if he lag or lounge slothful and lumpish, or if he skip and sport selfish and giddy. For how can the riches of life be shared if one take no part in what makes all the riches, the universal labor? There is a ceaseless labor in all creation; what is he who will not work but an alien, then? He hath no state in creation for all moves and labors, full of this great riches of work. " The heavens do roll about with unwearied motion, the sun and stars do perpetually dart their influences; the earth is ever laboring in the birth and nourishment of plants ; the plants are drawing sap and sprout- ing out fruits and seeds to feed us and propagate themselves ; the rivers are running, the seas are tossing, the winds are blus- tering to keep the elements sweet in which we live." Another riches that comes with work, is thought. Thought itself is labor, great labor, of all labor the very greatest, the crown of humankind; and therefore no riches of life is like to the riches which thought is, for labor is the greatest riches, and to think is the greatest labor. " Who doth not find that all the power in the world is not able to command, nor all the wealth of the Indies to purchase, one notion." Yea, this great riches of life, the wonder, glory, animation, exhileration of thoughts echo- ing and coursing through us is to be had by any man who will labor with his mind, and is not to be bought for any less price than the riches of labor. What a wonder of riches, what a great and blessed fullness of life, that its greatest riches, which are THE RICHES OF LIFE. 105 love and thoughts, may be had by any one who will come after them with heart-full and head-full work. And who can utter what a riches thought is? The virtue of thinking, the faculty of reflecting, the gift of ruminating, the strength of consider- ing, the lustiness of reasoning, the sway of ideas — who can tell such riches ! Who can count the riches that have gathered? For thought has been for ages like the ocean, burying wealth, but giving naught back, and losing naught. And all these riches washed together in thought's bed he may take of who will use the greater riches of the power of the air and the power |of the water by thinking, and become a rich magician over the ele- ments. How delicate and effluent, but mighty and unbounded, like a genie's substance, is the riches of thinking! That we can match tilings together, lay one by another and build of them; and compare things to see the likeness of them and the unlike- ness, and conclude therefrom; and gather the things to be put together and the things to be compared, from all parts of the earth and all kinds of knowledge; that we can leap any- whither in an instant and behold anything by the mind's eye, yea, and be with it, and return, and yet in our journey of thought have kept the hands busy at their task here and the feet walking whither they were pointed; that we can fly like light from thought to thought, from truth to truth, from one to another curious thing and among discoveries like trees in a forest, yea, with swiftness to which light is naught, — what riches of " angels, principalities and powers, of height and depth," are these faculties! That we can put two things together and conclude from them a certainty; that we can gather a host of things and conclude from them one law of them all; that we can think the eternal and necessary, seeing not merely that some things are so, but that so they must be, — this is "appre- hension like a god;" this, by " deep calling unto deep," is to look verily into the face of God, not to die, as the old chronicle threatens, but the more to live. This the psalmist has expressed: " Thou hast beset me behind and before and laid thine hand upon me! How precious are thy thoughts unto me, God! how great is the sum of them!" what riches of life is this power of thinking! What a glory of exercise, till the mind's countenance, as the prophet says of the body's health- 106 THE RICHES OF LITE. ful visage, "is as sapphire!" What a wonder of forthgoing! What riches of excursion ! What wealthy voyage as of a rich ship on the ocean under sun and star unto far rich regions to return with still more riches of lustrous stuffs and gems ! By the wings of the riches of thought, flying not away like the riches of gold which take to themselves wings, but carrying us upward above constraints, and making us to go through all bars like a spirit, we are lifted into our pure selves, as if undraped of the body that has weight. For often when earnestly I have been thinking, and when with double thinking I have been setting the thoughts with words, I have been translated and lifted so out of my body's presence and senses, that I have come back to my tene- ment, with a shock, as if I had burst suddenly through a roof or flown in at a skylight, and with Paul I cry, " I know a man caught up even to the third heaven, whether in the body or out of the body I know not; God knoweth!" Another riches of life by labor is health, which simply is the strength and completeness of the bodily part of this earthly life. With labor, which is exercise of ourselves, comes sound- ness, haleness, freshness ; we bloom, we are hardy and stanch, we have a flush, a vigor, "more ruddy in body than rubies, the visage as of sapphire." With inaction, sleeping and ease, and getting somewhat for nothing, come distempers and taints, infections, plagues; we decay, we are polluted; lameness, halt- ing, withering fall on us. No one knows what real health is, as finely has been said, unless he feel every moment like stand- ing up and shouting with joy, to give thanks for the mere bless- ing of existence. And spiritual health is like unto bodily health, in rejoicing in simply being, in being here, and in knowing this great life that we have here. As to be in bodily health is to re- joice in mere existence, so to be in spiritual and mental health is to rejoice wonderfully in the riches of life, and to spread out, as it were, the members of the soul into them, to disport, to go about and delight and put forth strength in them, as the body waves its members, arms and legs, and pushes forth with ecstasy, glow and glee, in the air and water, and stamps the earth with the foot and runs for very joy and power! Such riches of life is labor that even forced labor, hard and heavy, too heavy, yet hath its worth and power in behalf of THE RICHES OF LIFE. 107 good for us, and is simply too heavy riches piled in one spot, too heavy for the time and too much gathered. A. friend wrote me "How blessed, after all, is that business which keeps us so at work that we cannot be lonely," and another wrote me, "I have my anxiety and pain, but thanks be to God I am at work again." Therefore if labor is often heavy, remember that it is but a heavy shield, very heavy mayhap, but still a shield, and behind it we escape many hurts and pains and pangs and wants. A man laboring is like one carrying a long rope coiled round and round his neck, which he cannot unwind, which fain he would cut in half, or throw away all of it if he can not be rid of a part. But when he falls into a pit, then is the rope immediately his riches, more than all his other possessions, the means whereby he climbs out of that pit. Yea, a riches of life is labor! a riches of riches! so blessed! so beautiful! a riches like gold! so strong and fruitful a riches, like deep soils and watered valleys! Who is not decked that labors? Who that works is not made full of man-worth, and shall not lift up his head high, and walk proudly, and see the sky nod to him and the sun salute him? Of late I went up into a high building and took a look out over a great city. I noticed what never I had seen be- fore, the steam-pipes on nearly every roof in that dense working part of the city, pouring forth their white and beautiful vapors. It seemed to me, as I stood admiring, like a gala head-gear of labor. I thought of all the industry, of the riches of the in- dustry, that those cloudy vapors meant, those feathery orna- ments. It seemed to me the city was dressed for the blithe riches of work, clad in red bonnets waving with white plumes. Another part of the exercise of ourselves is bearing, endur- ing. Shall I call endurance a riches of life? Shall I say that bearing of pain and grief must be called a wealth of life? Is this a false, tricksey, sentimental gospel? Do I but play with words if I call endurance a riches? Well, why not a riches? In my soul I love chivalry in life. 'Twas a noble quality in the old knighthood, that the knight sought arduous adventures. 'Twas not to be at ease, but to be at pains, that he donned armor. The greater his toils, vigils, exposures, sufferings, the more his honor and glory and the more he drew to his soul, as a rich garment around him, the knowledge that he was indeed a knight. 108 THE RICHES OF LIFE. This was the ideal. Why not such an ideal for life? Nay, how little and shameful, how empty of all honor seems the ideal of life about us, that it is comfort and ease, that pleasures and soft charms are its riches! — Not so, but strength and power, and to be a grand human being, to be doing and bearing because this is arduous and noble, to be exercising ourselves, to be showing our strength by straining our strength to great actions of doing or bearing or trying, this is exalted, this is the fruit of the spirit, this is the outpouring of the earth, this delivers us joys and a vast sense of life which itself is very fire and flame of joy. And therefore, with grand bearing and enduring enters great riches of life. Shall I say that to bear richly is greater and grander than to labor richly? Yea, I will say so; for to bear is a kind of labor — to wrestle, to struggle and to toil, to bear up mightily, to be hardy, strong and straining when tumbling things would beat us down. This is labor; but it is labor with advantage of good ground, for it is labor on our- sleves. If labor on the earth be bright riches, what riches is labor on ourselves? To bear, therefore, to endure nobly, quietly, not courting pain but not being a runaway from it, to lift a heavy weight and strain to it, yet groaning not unto others about it, because it is a brave duty and a human part, what riches is this! what proper glory! what fitness for a man! what riches of life above all ease and fortune and pleasures! Yea, I will call sorrow a riches of life. Is not this shown by the riches of soul needful unto sacred sorrow? For the empty, vain, frivolous, tripping and light-minded, they sorrow not, nor can they until they be rich above vanity and light things. They maybe peevish or vexed or troubled, and cry much with pains and losses; but vexation and troubles are menial things. Sorrow belongs to roy- alty of soul, and is divine. Close with it comes riches, oh, great riches, that lift life into the divine light and show it truly, that it is of God, and full of the riches of God, which shall make peace. Eiches of obedience, of knowledge, of wide knowledge and far sight, of power to feel, to restrain, to rule, to be strong, to bless God, oh, let us bethink us what riches this is! What a reason for living, what a seal on life in God's image, what honor and great riches! I have called laboring and bearing obedience. This is not to be forgotten. Obedience is the source of great riches in life* THE RICHES OF LITE. 109 for obedience is the following of His will who hath made all riches, and we can come at them only by Him whose they are. And all things are filled with his power and spirit, so that if we obey with love and piety, all things work together for good to ns, as Paul says; that is, to give us riches of life, and show life to be a great riches. If all things obey him, and we, too, obey, we are in league with all and hare all things at hand and around us. marshaled well; and they serve us, agree with us, and life is full of their- riches for us. Obedience of spirit toward God is to meet what comes to us, either to do or to bear, lift it up and cany it indoors, and take it, not rejecting nor bemoaning, wailing nor muttering, nor running frorn it. This obedience toward God is like unto knowledge or science toward nature. An economist says: ,; Through virtue and labor to knowledge, through the control which knowledge may give over the forces of nature to leisure, and through leisure to welfare, not only material, but mental and spiritual, appears to be the method of evolution which the power that makes for righteousness has established as the law governing the portion of human life which is spent on this earth while man dwells in the material body.*' So, first by labor and discipline forced on us comes the obedient spirit, and by this spirit labor rises into riches, and discipline into a power which is beauty; and then by obedience we are led, led and shown the way, and thereupon all things help us. Then comes peace and leisure, and thereby new knowledge and life, new joy and riches and good. And so the blessedness of religion comes down on us, because we have climbed unto life's riches. Our praise and thought and victory go up to God, and when they come back from him we call them his blessings; and so they were when they rose up unto him from us; and they come back '*' filled with immortality." The religions feeling rises like the mist from the earth, which, says the old poet, returned again to water the ground. Think of the source of life from which we spring. We gaze, we think on all the riches of creation, from the minute life which is so wonderful and so perfect, so enriched with beauty, so agile in the water drop, to the enormous spheres and trans- cendent spaces of the heavens: we think of human riches, love, experience; and religion says to the lowly, to the obedient, Your interests, your needs, your longings, aspirations, labors, sorrows, 110 THE EICHES OF LIFE. are a part of the riches of God's world. Fear not. You are not dropped from the hand that guides the stars. Strive, watch, pray, trust; you shall see the face of God. — It is delightful to notice in the Bible the constant song of joy therein, to observe how the singers and prophets and moralists therein cry aloud that we must " rejoice evermore," because life is such riches of God. The great book is full of such sayings: li Good tidings of great joy to all people;" " Enter into our Master's joy that our joy may be full, and such as no man can take from us;" " Light is sown for the righteous, and gladness for the upright in heart;" " God's law rejoiceth the heart, and is sweeter than the honey and the honeycomb;" "In his presence is fulness of joy, yea, exceeding joy;" "Wisdom's ways are ways of pleasantness, and all her paths are peace;" ' 'Believing, you rejoice with joy unspeak- able, and full of glory;" "In the shadow of thy wings will I rejoice;" "My heart danceth for joy, and in my song will I praise him;" " The hope of the righteous shall be gladness;" " Kejoice in hope;" " A lively hope;" " An inheritance incor- ruptible and undefiled;" "They that love thy name shall be joyful in thee." " Is life worth living?" A wretched question. As if the blind should ask whether sight be worth having; or the deaf, Is sound worth knowing? For who would ask these things but the blind or the deaf? Tell me — Is song worth singing? Is music worth making? Is refreshment by water worth its time and cost? Yes, if there be thirst for song and music and cleanli- ness ! And the soul thirsting for them will take song and music as they are, and love them, and bring them forth until their riches pour out like mountain waters. So, if there be a thirst for life, who that thirsts for it will ask if it be worth while to live, or whether better be a man than a worm? A thirst for life — what is it? A wish not to die? No, but a wish not to be dead. To die is like being snatched or rapt away from an orchard while my hand is on the fruit, while I am full of delight of eye in the color and shape of it, and my fingers wonder at its soft covering, and my mouth has the taste of it, and all my body is refreshed with the streams of it. But to be dead is like lying in that orchard a lump of clay, while the breezes blow, the trees mur- mur, the birds sing and fruits ripen, and I know them not, and THE RICHES OF LIFE. Ill all these riches drop around me where I he a clod — yea, and soon they cover me up and put me away that my body be not noisome to them that are athirst for life, who go thither for the riches of the fruits of it. Oh, I hope that with every day of joy we shall walk more wonder-struck, more reverent, more humble, more adoring, amid all these glorious forms of living power. Then the riches of life will make us rich, will become our riches; for each one has what he loves and is what he adores. Then we shall grow large in mind and heart by reason of knowing the great riches of life. We shall be able to add to our own little care or duty or labor or joy or sorrow (I say little, yea, though it be much, still I say little) the experiences and the powers of all other hving creatures, and then thoughts, so that ail that is in us will be made deeper, and we shall take the riches of life : and joy will become an earnest and solemn force within us. A poet sings thus: " To win, to find, to meet and to possess, Delights thee in the walk of mortal life : For lo ! they win, they find now heavenly things : This one a bride ! That mother there a child ! A son. a wanderer comes back home again To his old father [***** The housewife's batch of bread has turned out well ! The flax has prospered '. The old orchard-tree Will bear once more whole baskets-full of fruit ! The children are for winter warmly clad ! The first wee tooth shines in the infant's mouth ! Even such small joys thy heart can understand ; And privily thou seekest some dark nook. And weepest a short moment, with dry eves. So liv'st thou glad for men and for thyself." Now I come to the practical matter, or moral question. By what means may we acquire the riches of life? How are we to enjoy these riches that are so plentiful and so glorious? I answer, Simply by observing our place and right relations toward them. And this place of ours, and these relations, are these: First, to take the riches. If you consider this, it is not a little thing; for it is really a great and rare wisdom to lift up and carry with us all the good things that fall at our feet as we 112 THE RICHES OF LIFE go. Secondly, to hinder no other in taking the riches; this is the law of justice. Thirdly,' to help others to take the riches; this is the law of kindness. But the second and third, that is, the rules to hinder not others, but to help, give power for the first rule, the rule, namely, to take these riches as we meet them. Not to hinder others, and then needfully to help others, are nec- essary to our own power of taking. For nothing so eats up our virtue to take the riches of life as selfishness; and it is selfish not to be just, and not to be helpful. Now this we shall see if we ask specially and carefully what selfishness is, and then how it stands related to the riches of life in the three kinds of these riches. What then is selfishness? I answer that selfishness is not merely the seeking of things for ourselves ; for we are commanded to love our neighbor as ourselves, which at least I interpret to mean that we may be concerned for our own interests and benefits. Besides, if we care for others, why not for ourselves too? — for each one, surely, is as considerable and important as an other one, and, therefore, a man as reasonably may care for himself as for any other person. If, moreover, we look not to our own good, how can we serve others? For if we care not for ourselves, soon we shall lose all power and substance to serve any others with. Therefore, I say, that selfishness means not, indeed, the seeking of benefits for ourselves, for this is both right and needful. But let us look more closely. There are three factors in this question: First, each man's own self; secondly, the persons that are near, belonging to each one in his own special little realm of life; thirdly, all the world, the great family of man. Now, among these, and in devotion to each of them, there is a due balance which is order, goodness, help, happiness. Hence it follows that there may be evil devotion to others as well as to ourselves ; and this evil devotion may be a bad concentration on either those dear ones close at hand and hard by us both in body and in heart, or also — and sometimes so it is — a thoughtless, unheeding and hurtful devotion to the great whole of the human family, neglecting those that are near. Selfish action is that kind of bad action which disturbs the due balance between one- self and those near by and the whole great world, unsettling that THE RICHES OP LIFE. 113 balance by excess of interest for ourselves; that is to say, action for our own purpose without due regard to the good of .the whole also. Selfish thinking is to think more toward and for ourselves than will keep the balance of our doing and our action right; and selfish feeling is to feel more for ourselves than will keep that due and right balance of action. Thus selfish thinking and selfish feeling are such as join not our owd interests with the whole, but would follow our own without the whole, without due concern or plan for the whole. This is all very plain. But now I remark what begins to reach toward the centre of this subject, that the danger of excess in devotion to either of these factors is different for each, and the greatest danger is that we shall be badly and harmfully, or cruelly, devoted to ourselves. The disturbance of the balance is most at hazard in that way. Which is to say, we run every day in life more risk of being devoted unduly to our own interests, than of thinking unduly of the pleasures of those near us, or of the good of all the world. This is because we have come up from a state of brute selfishness, and the conflict, the struggle, the war in such a state, still exists in us as a tendency, and even as a tradition. So that by the tendency we incline to great regard of ourselves, and by the tradition we lean to the praise of this self-love, declaring it right and wise. This bias is reinforced by the affections, because therein we tend to be selfish, not only for our- selves, but in behalf of those we love against the whole. Again it is roused and enforced by the fierce competitions of life, by the bad social order which now makes it so very hard to take care well of oneself except as one seems to be doing it in strife with others. Finally, the slow progress of mankind tends to excess of thinking of ourselves, yet this slow progress is necessary; that is, there is a need of all being good together for any one to be at his best, or even very good. Any one may act wrongly by himself easily; but one can act well, or be at his best, easily, only if all act rightly together. Hence it is that the slow progress of mankind and the continual wrongs about us make it so hard for us to free ourselves from ourselves, and climb above this danger of excess of self-interest. But now if this be the danger, it makes a difference indeed, and is very important, what is the state and tendency of a man's 114 THE EICHES OF LIFJ3. heart — the state and tendency, I say, of a man's heart, whether toward himself or toward others, that is, whether in the direction of the danger, or happily and blessedly contrary to this danger. Here we touch the subject at its depth; here we come to the practical point in these thoughts of the riches of life, that selfish- ness or unselfishness lies in the deep heart as a constant motive, and that selfishness, as I shall show, makes ns poor amid the riches of life. It appears, now, that it is not selfish to think of ourselves, nor to feel for ourselves; but — I pray you mark — to think of our- selves first, and feel for ourselves most. Which is to say, when occasion or choice comes to us, as daily they come in great numbers, what first leaps to a man's mind and heart, the thought for himself or for others? Which has the instantaneous forthcome? Then, after that, which feels h&ioxmost — himself or others? These are the test questions revealing the selfish or unselfish soul. With the brutes, from whom, so it now seems conceded and gradually more and more known, we have slowly climbed by divine upward drift, it is each one for himself. But now, if reason bring not the sense of one for others, and for all, it makes man a more dangerous animal than any other, but no nobler. As Froude has said, "Where all are selfish, the sage is no better than the fool, only rather more dangerous." The growth must be toward balanced thought for oneself, for others, and for the whole. This balance gives shape and nobility to growing power. ■ Now, if I mistake not, this law or definition of selfishness, that it is thinking of oneself first, and then feeling for oneself most, throws great light on life, and shows us our true qualities. For example: It is selfish to harm any for our own pleasure, for this is to feel for ourselves most. It is also selfish not to try to benefit others with our own benefiting, for this is to think of our- selves not only first, but only. Again, if we see unfortunates, the poor, the maimed, the sick, the grieved, what shall we say instinctively? Ah, my friends, I do think this is a question reaching very deep down into one's soul — what instinctively shall we do? Eejoice that we are not like those unfortunates? That is selfishness — feeling for ourselves most. Shall we grieve that they are not so happy as we are? Will that be our instinctive' A eeling, and first ? A searching test! That is righteous and THE EICHES OF LIFE. 115 unselfish, for it is thinking of others, and feeling for them, first and most. This view of selfishness shows also why many per- sons are so very selfish in petty things, and so thoughtlessly selfish; as, for example, always taking the best of things if they be by, even the fairest looking of fruit when others are by to whom we should offer it, preferring them, and the most comfort- able place while others are standing near — because such persons think of themselves first, and feel for themselves most. I will stop to make a practical application, because I like not to see a growing tendency among men, which I observe in the public vehicles constantly, not to arise and give their places to women. I have observed this curious fact, that a man who will keep his seat when a woman stands by unseated, nevertheless by no means will scramble into a seat which is made vacant, if a woman be by unseated ; and yet I see not why he may not seize at once what he may keep afterwards. Now, if, with that gentle deference which ought to be in every man's soul for a woman, he thinks of her first, and feels for her most, he will be as uncomfortable in retaining his seat, as he would think himself a boor if he scrambled for it. This will help us see how actions shall be judged, whether they be selfish or not. I propose to you this simple test of time as to thought, and then of amo nt as to feeling. Which first leaps to your mind? Yourself or your neighbor and friend, and the whole? And when you have had the thought, which then do you feel for most? But now you may say, How shall we meet the practical diffi- culty of judging? The conditions are very complex. How shall we judge always what acts are chose that keep the right balance of these three factors, ourselves, our near ones, and the great world? Ah, but this very definition and test of selfishness helps us to answer, for we have seen that selfishness is a matter of impulse and feeling, impulse to think of ourselves first, and to feel for ourselves most. Now if a man have strong sense, good mind, clear thinking, and he be unselfish, the impulse will leap in his heart to think of others first, and then his strong sense easily will find the right measure of care and pains for himself. He will run little risk of deciding ill, because his impulse will be against the chief danger, and his sound sense rule his impulse. But if his heart leap for himself, in the line of the danger, 116 THE EICHES OF LIFE. then his sense will be given to finding great, ample and lucrative ways to feed his own wishes; and as his heart leaps so will he follow, and be clean gone over into the peril, and see naught clearly but his own selfish wishes. With this clear view, now, of selfishness, that it lies in the first thought being for ourselves, and the most feeling for our- selves, apply it to the riches of life, and it will appear, if I mistake not, that the selfish soul can take little of these riches. As the riches of life which nature is, comes unto us, the glories and lights and joys of creation, how can selfishness see and know these friends of the soul? Its eye is turned inward to look at its own greeds or profits, for its own grabbings, not outward turned, to see what matter will fill the eye with light and beauty. Again, selfishness never will seek knowledge and beauty for their own high sakes and purely, being occupied all with its own self, and its own advantages to be obtained; and when knowledge and beauty are not sought for their own pure sakes, we fall very far short of the riches of them. Again, there will not be humility enough in the selfish to take the riches of nature and knowledge. For of all vanity what greater than to deem one- self worthy to be one's own complete and perfect pursuit and care? "What," says Joubert, "possibly can one introduce into a mind already full, and full of self?" I know it is said often that a moral and lofty tone of mind is not needful to the highest and most quickened enjoyment of nature. We are told that if one be endowed with sense of harmony in colors and sounds, the perception of shapes and lines, the symmetry and beauty of curves, then he will see the charms of nature and rejoice in them, and have them all turn their riches into him, even though he be a treacherous and selfish soul. No, it is not so. Selfish- ness never can go beneath the surface of shape and color, nor know the beauty which is soul and meaning, nor see the divinity in nature, being contrary to it. The next riches of life, I said, was human love. Selfish- ness has not this riches, nor can have, nor be aught but against the very nature of this riches. For selfishness is the thinking of oneself first, and feeling for oneself most. But if love mean anything under heaven, it means to think of another first, and feel for that other most. Selfishness, therefore, never attains the THE EICHES OF LIFE. 117 eminence of the bliss of love, nor knows indeed anything but the shell and outward show of it. " The selfish affect no man otherwise than he seemeth able to serve their turn. All their shows of friendship and respect are mercenary and mere trade." Besides, selfishness eats away gratefulness. This follows of necessity on the pride and conceit of selfish men, because, not being humble-minded, and being so eager to get things, they take everything as due to them ; and how can one be grateful for his own? And yet gratefulness, the dear delicious sense of obliga- tion, leaning on, resting on, owing to, some one we love, is one of the most fair traits, the most blissful necessities, the sweetest rewards, of the affections. I know that some speak of love as being possibly selfish. They combine the two words together. They say there is a love which is real and must be called love, but is in truth a fierce "passion for possession." Away! I will refuse to name love a " passion for possession." Whether the English language need another word for whatever feeling that may be which is phrased as a "passion for possession," I say not, though often I have wished for such a word. But, however, I will not use for it that title of love which means elements as pure and simple and as forth-putting into another's life, as the creativeness of God. Fichte says, " The enjoyment of a single hour passed happily in the pursuit of art or science far out- weighs a whole lifetime of sensual enjoyment, and before this picture of blessedness the mere sensual man, could it be brought home to him, would sink in envy and dismay." And, in like manner, say I that one hour, or one fleeting moment, of the purity of love outweighs a lifetime or universe of " passion for possession," ay, and is a purity and heavenliness of joy before which the passionate man, could it be brought home to him, would sink in envy and dismay. When sometimes I have dwelt on this topic in my lone thinking on the sights of the world, and in my weighing of friendships — for who must not do this, sad though it be? — I have seen that there are two modes of loving, the passionate and the tender, and that the passionate is really but a selfish thirst for having, and the tender, a divine thinking of another first, and feeling for that other most. Of the joys of this love which makes the supreme riches of life, the selfish never can dream. 118 THE EICHES OF LIFE. Here enters what I said of this second domain of riches, that it is a delight of love an I lib&rty. You will remember that I promised to tell you why specially I added liberty. 'Tis because there is no true love without reverence for freedom; and this " passion for possession," the bastard that artfully puts on the robe and purple of the pure stock of love, always will show its base, fierce falseness by invading liberty. True love leaves the one free who is beloved, treads very gently and softly on the threshhold of his mind, his will, his nature; will not encroach, will not oppress, nor overpower. But selfishness oppresses, desiring only to own, to have, to bind to itself. Oh, the misery, the death, that follow this trampling on personal dignity in love, on the liberty of the mind and the will ! The torment and shame of it, the wretched fate of being so degraded, subject to another, under him and pressed to death, the will all destroyed and lifeless, individual features suppressed, crushed out of all shape, the desires and good pleasure and purpose and self-direc- tion of the mind bruised to an aching livid flesh, not daring to decide aught, but always waiting for leave, always begging grace or allowance, or hinting a wish fearfully, such abjectness, such slavery — who can bear it? Who can inflict it but the most cruel or the most unthinking? When 'tis done, when 'tis wreaked and brooked, love flies away doubly; for neither can the one who is trampled love very dearly the heart that grinds down the foot, nor can he, the trampler, love well the thing lying meanly under his heel. " There is no friendship without equality;" no, nor love of lovers either, whether besought or wedded, however some prate loosely or vilely of this great human joy in equal state. There may be indeed a " passion of posses- sion" without equality; jea, I think that that hatefulness seeks the pliant and weak who may be bended and looped into any shape and tied up in any manner. But there is no love without equality of spirit standing at one level of dignity and looking face into face and eye into eye at one height of mutual respect and observance. 'Tis not needful that the two shall have like riches or position or genius or knowledge, if they have the like holy grace of revering another's will, freedom and personal being, not to tread on it or assault it or touch it rudely. With- out this mutual and reverent liberty,! say again there is no love; THE RICHES OF LIFE. 119 and I would I could cry it like a trumpet till every household rang with it — no love, naught worth that heaven-name, naught living, as love lives, but a mere vogue, a show, a simulation, a mask painted on a dead face. For love is so mighty an exercise of the spirit and so stretches all the powers of the soul, needing the greatest nobility to do it well, that no art, no conquest nor prowess is to be likened to it — above any poetry and music, a greater feat of soul than any eloquence, more to be admired than reasoning, than the making of science or the collecting of history or any human glory. How then can loving be done w T ell by the broken in spirit, bowed down, set at the beck of another, wait- ing a master's nod, a slave, a helot, an understrapper, — how can such a bound, badged, abased vassal, a cowed creature, a groaning spirit, despising its portion, come to the whole great estate of love? 'Tis not possible; yet more possible than that the enslaver, wiio has made a fellow-being an underling, over- ridden a tender brow and trampled down a will, can come to nobleness of love or be seized of the wide freehold of it. Love in tyranny is but half itself, either in delight or in power, and no more can fly the heavens than a bird with one wing severed. And wiiat human power indeed is itself, or whole, if unfreed? or what can stretch a wing above the earth if the other wing, freedom, be gone? As Cato said he would fight, not to be free himself, but to live in a country of freemen, so must the twain wedded into one draw the sword of the spirit, not each for his own good pleasure, but to live together in a twx>-peopled world of the free! Then come light and joy, tenderness, courage, brightness, wit, beauty, health and strength, nimbleness, under- takings, deeds. Naught can measure the force and bliss of the heart in love where the will of each is left free, personal, indi- vidual, unhurt, revered, — self-respect and dignity builded on love and reverence, like a fair city on a two-peaked hill. This is a vast double riches of life, the joy and riches of love and lib- erty, as I have said; but these riches are not for the selfish man. He can get but part of the double wealth, and that but a grovel- ing portion, lacking the other wiug w T herewith to soar. For selfishness can leave nothing free which can be gotten, clutched, put to its own use and purpose, made over into its owm pattern, and wholly pounced on, usurped, appropriated. I say the 120 THE EICHES OF LIFE. selfish man is estopped of love. Let it be cried aloud over and over that selfishness can not love. For it, this pure riches of life exists not; and how better, or more like love, is a " pas- sion to possess" a person than a greed for owning things? But if this now be the case with the nearest, that there is no joy of love, and no knowledge of the riches of life for the selfish, how much more is this so toward the more distant! The selfish man will be displeased with the excellence and good things of others, because they are not his. Hence, others' riches are his poverty. What a poverty that is! And if we take the widest scope, the relation of the mind, heart and soul to mankind, the power to find the riches of life in this wide view — the truth is the same, that these riches belong only to the unsel- fish. For the unselfish man who thinks of another first, and of the whole first, beholds the quality of mankind unrolled like a fair map of a fair realm. Ah! friends, we gain great power to see the truth when the truth is all we wish to see. Unsel- fishness is divining. Easily it sees the balance of right action, as I have said. We shall not be long deciding, nor go far astray, if our impulse be contrary to the danger, and we wish before all to see what is due and truthful and right. But what is this? To see what is true, to make right decisions, to know the balance, is naught but the same as to spread society fair and beautiful before us, as it is in nature and destiny — a transporting sight, a glorious riches and great wealth; but never for the selfish, who, deciding not rightly in this delicate balance, see society all awry, one estranged from another, and all in dis- order and jangle, like bells out of tune, though hung for sweet concords. Finally, come we to the third realm of the riches of life, namely, labor and obedience. Again I say, selfishness cannot take these riches. Selfishness loves ease, complaining of labor. Also what sense has it of that implication of one with another which is the human family, in which also lies the urgency of labor, that all must work together fairly, since no man can live or stand by himself? For selfishness thinks of itself first, and as first, and feels for itself most; whereas all are of equal import. ''In reason," says Barrow, { ' is it not very absurd that any man should look on himself as more than a single person? THE B1CHES OF LIFE. 121 * * * May not any man reasonably have the same appre- hensions and inclinations as we may have? May not any man justly proceed in the same manner as we may do? Will they not, seeing us mainly affect our private interests, be induced, and in a manner forced, to do the like. Then what need can there be for progging and scrambling for things, and in the con- fusion thence arising, what quiet, what content, can we enjoy? * * * As we are all born members of the world, as we are compacted into the commonwealth, as we are incorporated into any society, as we partake in any conversation or company, so by mutual support, aid, defence, comfort, not only the common welfare first, but our own particular benefit consequently, doth subsist. By hindering or prejudicing them, the public first, in consequence our particular, doth suffer. Our thriving by the com- mon prejudice will in the end turn to our own loss. As if one member sucketh too much nourishment to itself and then swelleth into an exorbitant bulk, the whole thence incurreth disease, so coming to peiish or languish, whence consequently that irregular member will fall into a participation of ruin or decay, so it is in the state of human corporations. He that in way unnatural or unjust — for justice is that in human societies which nature is in the rest of things — draweth unto himself the juice of profit or pleasure, so as thence to grow beyond his due size, doth thereby not only create distempers in the public body, but worketh mis- chief and pain to himself." Wherefore, I say, that the dignity, the grace, the riches of labor is not for selfishness, that delves thus but to make all a disease, an infamy, and counts work but a pain if it cannot have therewith, too, as much gain as can be heaped up from others despoiled of it. Selfishness, again, hates obedience. For the selfish man thinks of himself first, that is, as best. Therefore-, he would command or le*ad always, never follow, nor obey, nor be second. Also he feels for himself most. Therefore, he would have his own will, and never suffer aught even that another may not suf- fer. Moreover, selfishness has no humility, as before I have said, for the man who thinks of himself always first and feels for himself most, must do so surely because he thinks he deserves such a first place, and he must think he ought to have it in others' thoughts as well as his own. Hence he will know naught 122 THE RICHES OP LIFE. of the blessed humility with riches which obedience is. Here must I not omit one of the great riches of life of which I have said naught, the rich stores of labor and obedience in the memory when old age draws on. " It is to live twice, when we can enjoy the recollections of our former life." But what recol- lections can we enjoy? Only those against which selfishness is set and will have naught to do with them, and cannot have to do with them — the glories of nature and of man, the blessed riches of beauty, not open to the selfish soul, as I have said. But glowing memories, if gathered by the eye of love and hum- ble observation, do inhabit the soul to store it like a great ware- house with riches. A beautiful example I have met in the life of Niebuhr, the celebrated Danish traveler. " When old, blind, and so infirm that he was able only to be carried from his bed to his chair, he used to describe to his friends the scenes which he had visited in his early days with wonderful minute- ness and vivacity. When they expressed their astonishment, he told them that as he lay in bed, all visible objects shut out, the pictures of what he had seen in the East continually floated before his mind's eye, so that it was no wonder he could speak of them as if he had seen them yesterday. With like vividness the deep intense sky of Asia, with its brilliant and twinkling host of stars, which he had so often gazed at by night, or its lofty vault of blue by day, was reflected, in the hours of stillness and darkness, on his inmost soul." Of this traveler it has been remarked that in his many journeyings, and rich accounts thereof, he leaves himself strangely out of view; by which it was that he piled up such riches within himself. The life of the heart's blissful recollections and scenes of undying beauty, these are not for the selfish, nor the fruits of labor and obedience in the spirit of law and duty and service; not for the selfish, but for those who by love, labor and humility become like these virtues. Unto them, the riches of life become in the soul beauti- ful pictures, and truly labor-stores and obedience-peace; and they pour their riches into the memory of old age. Whence, perhaps, it is one of those wondrous marvels of our constitution whereon we must look with devout eyes, that age delights to look backward; for this is but to view the great riches of life, which wait on him who has loved them, single-minded, but wished not to get them apart for himself. The law is clear, THE RICHES OF LIFE. 123 wonderful and noble, that " virtue indeed will give us power and place in the world; but if we seek the power, we have not the virtue." So the riches of life, beauty, grandeur, feeling, mighty riches of joy and understanding, will come to the soul of humble knowledge-seeking, of steady labor, of faithful obedience ; but if one seek the riches, he has not such a soul; nay, but is one who of himself thinks first, and for himself feels most. The riches of life would be far greater in their joyful forms than they are, if all men were generous and loving; which s # hows what a solemn responsibility and weight of the Father's ordaining is laid on us here. For then the riches would be increased by our- selves, whose powers of heart and soul are the greatest riches of all earth's riches. But as it is, the riches of these so beau- tiful forms have to be replaced in great, and very weary, part, by the riches of sorrow and of too hard laboring. Finally, how can the selfish man love God, the riches of the riches " The Eternal is in man and surrounds him at all times," says Fichte; " man has but to forsake the transitory and perishable [which is to say, the use of nature and men for his own glory, power and pleasure] with which the true life never can associate, and thereupon the Eternal, with all its blessed- ness, forthwith will come and dwell with him. We cannot win blessedness, but we may cast away our wretchedness [which is simply to seek no more our own glory, power and pleasure,] and thereupon blessedness forthwith of itself will supply the empty place. Blessedness is repose in the One and Eternal, wretched- ness is vagrancy amid the manifold and transitory [which is struggles and thoughts to use nature and men for our own glory, power or pleasure] : and, therefore, the condition of our becom- ing blessed is the return of our love from the many to the One;" or to love the One in the many; as Augustine hath it, " To love God, and our friend in God, and our enemy for God." But how can the selfish man return, or how have this love to the One? How love the One in the beauties and glories of creation, since he thinks not of him first, but of himself first, to get power and pleasure from the holy glories of creation? How love the One in whom the many human beings are, since he thinks not first of the many who are in the One, but of himself first? How love the One whose hand and law give labors, yea, and sorrows, since the selfish man thinks not first of the One whose 124 THE EICHES OF LIFE. commandments the labors are, but of himself first, how he may get ease, how he may turn the work all to his own power or pleasure. How can the selfish man love the One, the God and Father? of whom says Seneca, " All his power is to do good," and " He is neither willing nor able to harm us," and " No sane man fears him," so all-loving and all-good is he unto all. But let us cast out this wretchedness, this poverty, that we may become rich with the riches of life! Here ends this long sermon in three parts. I have striven to set before you the vast and glorious riches of life — according to the psalmist's verse, " The earth is full of thy riches." I have tried to set forth — The riches of life in Creation — the joys of the senses and of knowledge: The riches of life in Mankind — the joy of love and liberty: The riches of life in Experience of Ourselves — the joy of labor and obedience. Truly, are not these great riches? Is not life very rich? We have but to take it, and we are like kings with full treasuries. 0! let us look about us, on earth and sky, to be full of joy in these splendors all about us and over us! " These are but the varied God," " the rolling year is full of him," " the field's wide flush, the softening air, the mountains echoing round, the smiling forests," the chanting waters! Let me not be self- hooded, blind amid these. And let me labor, which is honor and glory and peace, taking theriches of life freely. And let me have that love which makes all things riches — " O let rue not walk in his splendors, Splendors of innocence in babes, Of joy, woe, pathos, in mid-life, And of the majesty of age — Blind, senseless, like a clod or stone, Or with my eyes prone earthward, brute-like, Peering for prey to feed ambition. But let me know the things God makes, And worship what he sets on high, let me feel the pang, the woe, The shame, that any other knows, And know the praise, the honor, glory, Of lowly hearts living beside me." These are riches of life; deeper than hell, for these riches have choked up hell and filled the pit thereof and covered the mouth and smoothed it with green turf; as deep as heaven, for 'tis heaven they are. "TAKE MY YOKE." "Take my yoke upon you."— Matt. xi. 29. The beautiful passage in which these words occur is peculiar to the First Gospel. Scattered through the first three gospels are many passages which would have been lost but for their rescue from the stream of tradition by some one of these three evangelists. In many passages they all give an account of the same circumstances, or rehearse the same scenes, sometimes with many variations that we cannot make agree, sometimes with differences hard to explain. But they make up for these hard places, as I have said, by recording, ever and anon, each one of them, something which neither of the others offers us, yet bearing within itself, in its own nature, enough warrant that it is a true scrap of tradition from the Master. Such is the passage, " Come unto me all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest." This carries within its own complexion and nature internal witness, I think, that it was spoken by Jesus himself; and happy are we to have these gracious, moving and beautiful words preserved for us by this one evangelist. What is the yoke of Jesus of which he speaks, and the meaning of this whole passage? You know that in explaining the New Testament I have no other way than to strive to learn what the words would mean to a contemporary of the Master listening to him. It is very poor interpretation, false criticism, ill thinking, to put on the words of Jesus, or of any other Master or any Scripture, thoughts now current or now dear to us, simply because the language can be made to bear them. The only true, ingenuous, simple and clear-minded interpretation is gotten 126 "TAKE MY YOKE." by comparing the words with the historical facts of that day, that thus we may take them, so much as we can, as they were under- stood by those who heard them. Now in the days of Jesus, religion had become external. No more, or little, in the Jewish system, was religion a feeling of the heart, an aspiration of the soul, but a submission of the will and of the hand. He was a good Jew, and performed all his religious duties, who gave him- self day by day to the requirements of the Jewish Law; and in the days of the Master those requirements had become so mul- tiplied by the traditions of the elders, the scribes, the teachers and expounders of the old Law and Prophets, that hardly was there any hour of the day, any moment of life, which was not filled with the exactions of the Jewish Law on the good Jewish believer, so that continually he was hedged about by ceremonies which he must observe, things that must be done at certain times and carefully refrained from at other times, washings, sacrifices, prayers, ceremonies of many kinds, in obedience to which and reverence of which lay the religion of the day. This had become a sad and dry burden to spiritual-minded persons, and Jesus plainly calls it so. He says, in the passage from which the text is taken, " Come unto me all ye that labor and are heavy laden under the exactions of this day, ye who stagger and hardly know how to walk upright or to bear yourselves from hour to hour with the burden of these ceremonies pressing on you, laid on you as weighty matters of conscience, so that you fear to turn from them, lest you break the very ordinance of God, — from all this come to me, and I will give you rest. In place of these things take my yoke upon you, and ye shall find rest to your souls. For my yoke is a spiritual and inward righteousness." You are used — we may imagine Jesus saying — you are used, you good Jews, to call the Law a Yoke, in explana- tion or expression of your obedience and submission to it; and indeed you have made it a yoke, heavily pressing on your necks, and bowing your heads to the ground. But my yoke is light, for it is not the bondage of outward exactions, but the freedom of inward life, — religion, joy, comfort, faith, not in observing outward rites, but in lifting the soul on high. I am meek and lowly, not in that I am slavish to the commands of the Law, but in heart, where meekness and lowliness truly dwell. This is a "TAKE MY YOKE." 127 light yoke, a kind and gentle burden. Take it. Ye shall find rest to your souls. My yoke is easy, my burden light, because they are not outward and made by laws or rules, but inward and belonging to us by nature ; and what that by nature belongs to us can be heavy? Augustine compared this yoke of Jesus, this inward spiritual bond, to the plumage of the bird, which, he said, weighed but lightly, and yet was his means of soaring to the skies. Here we have, placed in vivid contrast, the difference between internal and external religion, between the yoke of the Law and the liberty of the spirit wherewith, said Paul, Christ has made us free. But now from this thought of Jesus I turn to another which these tender and gentle words suggest. The emphasis in this sermon shall be, " Take my yoke;" which is the same as saying, each one for himself, Take the yoke, your yoke, my yoke, each one's yoke ; that is, be willing and quick to take up our own inward answerableness to ourselves, to each other, and to God. The recognizing and assuming of our responsibilities is a large subject, so that I must limit it in this sermon very strictly. I shall speak of the importance of seeing and taking just one great particular responsibility; for I am very sure that if only we would feel deeply and live by the simple truth I wish to set forth now, the gain in human happiness and peace would be very great. I shall hold what I have to say strictly to our near relations with each other? for herein all our most dear happi- ness or most sad unhappiness doth lie. Either what grief or what great joy can outward things give us? But how great our power one over another to confer a joy that is heavenly, or a pain that seems to tear the heart out. So that I shall speak of one's taking his proper yoke on him in those cases where we meet difficulties together, I mean cases of disagreements, estrangements, ill-treatment one of another, misunderstandings, unkindnesses. These rear themselves very much in human life. We have not learned to bear with each other so that the bearing well is the most noticeable thing. That which first comes to light, I fear, is the need of the bearing rather than the success of it. Now I shall try to lay down a special responsibility be- 128 "TAKE MY YOKE." longing to such unhappy matters, by which they may be turned to joys, blessings, and peacemakings. The principle is this: He that hath the strongest and broadest neck should take the yoke on him. The one that knows the most, speaking without figure, is answerable for doing the best thing, undertaking the best deed, saying the best word. You can see how far away this principle is from that which rules in the common manner of disagree- ment. This common way is to return for an injury an equal injury. Blow for blow, eye for eye, tooth for tooth, — this is called manly, strong, brave; yea, even some women call it womanly, though whether any will call it " das ewige weibliche," the eternal womanly, I know not. We say, That person slighted me to-day; I will watch my chance, I will set him at -naught. That other one has neglected a good office I did him ; well, it will be long before I will do him another. That man spake an ill word of me, which somebody, — doing a worse thing still, — told me of; I will pay him off, I will cast a slur on him. That woman, — I take an actual case, — kept close tome of purpose all the evening, though she knew well that the color of her dress made my com- plexion and apparel ugly ; I will get even with her. And so on through the long catalogue of human situations and trials. Now, it is a curious thing that the persons whom we revere the most are those who have put this conduct to shame; and while we carry on the conduct, we revere those persons for censuring it. This very church was builded for a two-fold purpose, yes, for a manifold pur- pose, as full, as wide as the needs of human nature, as deep as the worship of God. But one part of its purpose was to enshrine and study the life of a man who said that repaying bad with bad was barbarism. His name was Jesus. He said that we should return good things for bad, and he called on the people to observe that God does so, because he has no power but to do good, as his nature is, and he sends rain on the good and the bad alike, and causes the glory of the morning wakening to shine on the eyes of the just and the unjust too. Now the principle I wish to set forth is this, that in these cases of estrangement, misunderstanding, unkind or cruel acts (Ah, how cruel our acts to each other may be! how they do cut and tear! and what blows words are!), although it is the duty of both the persons to make peace and return good things for "TAKE MY YOKE." 129 bad, yet this nearly always is more the duty of one than of the other. What, then, is the test for deciding on which one that duty lies? You will tell me, perhaps, the duty rests on the one most to blame. A poor principle! A sorry warrant! How much safety does it confer? How much help, potency, knowl- edge, sight is in it? How always can you decide which one is the more to blame? Each one of them, when you try to make that discovery, will insist that he is the wronged one. The blame, too, may belong equally, or almost equally, to both. And, finally, if one be much more in the wrong than the other, it is like to be that very one who will refuse peacemaking, because that is his very nature, which made him most in the wrong. How, then, will you deal with him? Now the principle that I set forth is this, as I have said, that the inward answerableness, the duty, the yoke of Jesus, rests on the one who, by nature, or by a happy education, or by whatever blessedness, has become the most reasonable, humane, and well-made person; and the strife ought to be, yea, and would be if we had a right self-respect and pride, which one most quickly should show himself to be that well-made one. I heard the question asked, When two persons meet on a narrow path, which should turn out for the other? What should we answer? The elder? Or the younger? The learned? Or the more igno- rant? The richer? The poorer? No; the answer was better than these — The polite one! That we may know how to fix this answerableness on our- selves, I will give you some rules. If quarrel, painfulness, dis- agreement, misunderstanding arise, first examine yourself thus: Here I am, entangled in an enmity. It is a base situation. It is unworthy of me — unworthy of the two of us. Now, what ought I to do? and then, what can I do? This depends on my conditions compared with my enemy. Let me then compare us together fairly, justly, bit by bit, advantage with advantage. It is plain that if I have any advantage, I onght to act with ad- vantage; if I be blessed with any sort of superiority, this ought to be shown by my acting in a better way in so far as I am superior. Well, am I older? Have I a better position, more friends, more consideration, more influence? Am I better educated? Have I had the heaven-given opportunity to grow 130 "TAKE MY YOKE." by contact with books and with the wise? Has exparience en- larged more my mind, while I have been led by the kind hand of God in ample ways, and my enemy has lived, mayhap, in some narrow corner of duties, cramped therein? Am I gifted by nature with a calmer spirit, that I may feel the great answer- ableness which therein lies? Is my lot more fortunate, easy, happy than his? Now if one will put such questions and make examination of himself, a little effort will do it fairly; for a man is able to see well what he sets forth to see honestly. And if by this I conclude that I have in aught the advantage of my enemy, then the weight of the responsibility to make peace and return the good for the evil presses on me more than on him, in exact ' proportion to the kind and amount of that advantage. Sometimes this is felt, and the fruits of it are very fair. I knew a young man who had received some hard injuries. I knew them to be hard. I had seen and noted them. I said to him, You will return such treatment as that by something equally severe? But he answered me slowly (I shall never for- get it), — "No, I have been reflecting on the difference in our conditions. I am older than my enemy. I am better educated. I am more experienced. I have read more, thought more, trav- eled much more, and seen more of life. What are these advan- tages if they lay not special duty on me corresponding to them? No, I shall return no bad treatment; and if I can bring about a peace by kindness and forbearance, these advantages, tha + . God gave me, not that I made, carry with them his command to be first in it." That is the primary rule. The second rule I would lay down for determining our answerableness, is to reason thus: The person who has inj ured me has done it perhaps because he knows no better. Well, if I feel intensely the injury, that ought to mean that I do know better, which lays on me the answer- ableness to do the better by as much as I know the better, and not to copy him in the ill deed. Or he may have injured me, because, knowing better, he is too passionate and too feeble of will to rule his acts by his knoAvledge. Well, then he is to be pitied and helped, not hurt ; for it is as base to strike a weak soul as to bully a weak body. If I do know better, then I am under bonds to act by that knowledge, and if, knowing better, I "TAKE MY YOKE." 131 be equally weak and passionate, it is but a shame to me greater than to him; and by this knowledge I am laid under special answerableness to act in accordance with it, and to be careful not to return my enemy's unkindness by a like deed, which I know to be a bad one. In Shelley's " Prometheus Unbound," the chained giant utters a most noble answer to the furies, which is like the principle I now advise. Jove has sent a horde of furies to torture Prome- theus fettered on the rock, and they are hovering over and hard by the sufferer, threatening him and gloating over the miseries which they shall inflict. They cry: " The beauty of delight makes lovers glad, Gazing on one another ; so are we. * * * So from our victim's destined agony The shade which is our form invests us round, — Else we were shapeless as our Mother Night." A fearful gleam of Shelley's almost awful imagination, — furies whose whole shape, else shapeless, was derived from their victim's anguish, shadowing them round by forecast! When Prometheus bids them do their worst, he will not yield, they exclaim, jeering him, that he knows not the extent of the anguish they can inflict and mean to work on him. " Dost imagine," they cry, — " Dost imagine we will but laugh into thy lidless eyes?" Then follows that grand answer, worthy of an archangel, — " I weigh not what ye do, not what ye do, but what ye suffer, Icing evil" Ought not we thus to think of our enemy's act, — not what he does, but what he surfers in that evil deed? Is not that right, grand, divine? For if our enemy do his deed, being ignorant, and knowing no better than to do evil to us, oh how pitiful that ignorance! the poverty of it! the wretchedness of it! the pain of it sometimes! And if he be malicious, then more wretched! Therefore either way we should weigh not what he does, but what he suffers, being evil. So did the gentle Greek, when he stood before his accusers and judges. Socrates said to the court, " It may be indeed that you will kill me now, and perhaps, as a just man always may receive that kind of hurt from an unjust man, to be put to death or exiled or deprived cf his several rights, the unjust man may imagine that he inflicts a great evil on the just man. I agree not with him. For 132 "TAKE MY YOKE." these are but little things. But it is the unjust man who suffers the evil, which is his injustice." Friends, if only one of the persons in estrangement in most cases, would reason in this manner, peace would come down like rain on the mown field ; and if all would reason so, iniquity and war would flee this lovely earth. Jesus says that by his yoke we shall find rest unto our souls. Very precisely spoken ; not to our hands, for there is much to do in the world, and the very taking of this answer- ableness very likely will set us tasks, hard tasks, long tasks mayhap too, — the neck that takes the yoke must draw; but our soul's rest, a great quiet, peace, calm, making us know " amid the city's jar That there abides a peace divine Man did not make and cannot mar." But perhaps you will say to me, This advice is altogether too ideal to be of any use in the world, too far above human possibilities. But I answer you, Humanity has climbed to it, and it is the first duty of a man to believe he can do what has been done. Jesus climbed to it. Going to the cross, he looked on the people, some of them in tears, and said, " Daughters of Jerusalem, weep not for me." Like the tranquil Socrates, he was far beyond their pity; like the Titan on the rock, he needed not the very pity of Jove. " Weep not for me," saith he, " weep for yourselves and for your children;" am! afterwards, looking down on that raving and reviling mob, he said, " Father, forgive them, because they know not what they do;" but I know, would he say, — therefore the yoke is on me to bear with them, with prayer. So did the meek Huss, at Constance, when he bore all that was put on him, and answered only that he had no other arms than his endurance, " for," said he, "this alone is the priest's weapons." But in that sense we all are ordained priests of the Almighty. Again 1 answer, if you tell me that all this is too high — I answer that we are able to make a kind of moral ancestry or lineage for our own souls, to which the more we be true the more can we be true, as it grows older and nobler. It is one of the great virtues of having done something noble, some grand deed, or so having forgotten ourselves that, as always we can when we forget ourselves, we have taken a flight which we "TAKE MY YOKE." 133 thought past all our flying, to some height of doing or feeling, — it is one of the uses of such a deed that afterwards we have a banner or scutcheon ; and great shame it is if we blot the azure by falling or failing. A noble behaviour becomes like illustrious forefathers. We must be worthy of our ancestry, or, as it were, of that forefather deed of ours, which sets us the pattern of life. Thus comes the power of noble traditions in a family or a country, since to have been noble is a firm ground always, and a great source of strength, for continuing to be noble — a banner of lineage or tradition set aloft for us forever, under which we can do mightier battle. Hence 'tis not impossible, idle nor vain to lay on us this high rule of life which I have given, this heavenly \oke; for every lofty bearing of it becomes motive for the next one, — yea, as if into our good deeds the breath of life were breathed and they took shape as angels who stretch hands to us, helping by their invitation. George Elliot says the like: " Our lives make a moral tradition for our individual selves, as the life of mankind at large mikes a moral tradition for the race, and to have once acted greatly seems to be a reason why we should always be noble." • But once more I answer, We must set up the ideal before us. Do you say I have been laying down a law tw ideal? I answer, What will you lift before you but the ideal? Will you set aught before your eyes which you know not to be ideal? How does the painter draw, design and execute? To arrive at the exact level of what he beholds before him, — the assemblage of colors just as they are, and all shapes intermingled? No, but to draw forth from them the ideal, so that its effect on the beholder may be as it were to wake a dream of God. So let us aim at divine beauty in life, and set naught low r er before us, and know it is divine, and for that very reason believe we are made for it, and then strive, and do the best we can, and strive again. And God help us all! PAUL'S THEEE POINTS. I am to speak of Paul's three great points of belief and trust. Whenever any man accomplishes such a great work as Paul did, with such devotion, endurance, suffering, steadfast- ness, we may be sure he is under the power of some grand ruling ideas. For such things come not merely of an emotion; the waters are stirred by the angel of a thought. Paul lived daily with three dominant faiths filling his mind, which ruled him, inspired him, gave him force and devotion, and strength- ened him to bear all his labors and sufferings by sea and land. These three beliefs were, first, that Christ was the Messiah, and was described and set forth in the Old Testament as the ex- pected one of the Jews, — I mean that Jesus of Nazareth was the predicted King of Israel. This was one of the ruling and inspiring faiths of the great Paul. The second was that Christ would return to the earth soon, in a second coming or advent, to enter on his kingdom, since he had not taken it during his earthly appearance. Paul's third great belief was that Chris- tianity, — which in Paul's mind was the acceptance of Christ as the Messiah, with all its consequences, — was not for the Jews only, but for mankind. These were Paul's three great points, which were to him the animating powers of all his enterprises, his prayers and his hopes. Now these three thoughts of Paul contain two errors and one truth. These I will try to explain in the order of the points. The first point, as I have said, was that Jesus was the Messiah, and was described in the Scriptures. The Scriptures herein, of course, mean the Old Testament Scriptures, for the 136 PAUL'S THREE POINTS. New Testament was not in existence. Paul constantly was enforcing this view, this animating faith of his. It appears continually in his writings. It looks forth, never ceasing, from the narratives of the Book of Acts; as, in the thirteenth chapter it is narrated that Paul at Antioch went into the synagogue, and when the readings were ended, the master of the synagogue said to him: " If thou hast anything to speak to the people, say on," and Paul, then rising, preached Jesus to them as the Mes- siah, and expounded from Moses and the Prophets that Jesus was the Messiah predicted in the Scriptures. This made a great stir in the town; but the next Sabbath day he did the same thing; whereupon many of the Jews banded together and com- plained of him, and drove him away from the city. Likewise at Thessalonica, as we read in the seventeenth chapter, he preached in the synagogue for three weeks ; but at the end of this time the chief Jews would bear it no more, but made great uproar around the house of Jason; and Paul having escaped, they seized Jason himself and carried him before the Roman governor of the city, charging him with having harbored sedi- tious men who preached rebellion against Caesar. We read in the twenty-eighth chapter of Acts that, having come in person to Rome, Paul appointed a day when all the Jews of the city should gather in his house, or at least the chief rabbins and teachers among them; and they came, and Paul sat all day long, according to the story, expounding to them from Moses and the Prophets that Jesus surely was the one predicted, the Messiah who was to be received. Now Paul was in error in this first point; and his error was twofold. First, Jesus did not conform to the Jewish ex- pectation and dream of a Messiah. He was lowly, humble in his extraction, from a despised little town of a despised prov- ince, with no name, no ancestry, no magnificence. But the great Jewish king was to come with pomp and glory, to be of the lineage of David, and sit on a throne, retrieving the ancient magnificence of the Hebrews. Jesus came poor, without re- sources, having not where to lay his head, a wanderer on the earth, often driven about by furious crowds, his poor disciples helping as well as they could to minister to his needs. But the great prince who was to come was to be rich and powerful, full PAUL'S THREE POINTS. 137 of royal magnificence, of great wealth and resources, and go out to war against the Komans. Jesus also never showed any very national or clannish spirit. He loved the Samaritans as well as the Jews. He told his countrymen that to enter into the kingdom turned not on being of Jewish blood, but on living in a manner worthy of the kingdom; and that if so they did not, then they would be shut out, and many would come from the east and the west, the north and south, and sit down with Abraham and Isaac and Jacob, in the places left vacant by the unworthy children of the covenant. The truth is that the old Scriptures give no predictions of Jesus. They describe him nowhere. It was a false method of interpretation that enabled Paul to find any prediction of Jesus in these old sacred writings. This method of interpretation still survives. It is easy for anyone to find anything he will in any writing which he may interpret as he will, by his own canons. For there is but one sound interpretation, and one honest critical question, which is, What did the writings mean to a contemporary who heard them or read them? 'Tis certain that the Hebrews who heard Isaiah's songs or prophesyings understood no reference to Jesus of Nazareth, no, nor to anyone 500 years forward. But here now I come to a great point. If Jesus was so contrary to all the Jewish hopes and ideas, and such a mortifi- cation to the pride of them, how and why was he accepted by the Apostles, and by Paul, the greatest genius among them, with such implicit loyal faith and love? Consider how he shocked all their prejudices; and they never were a match for their prejudices. To the end I doubt not Jesus was a lonely man, because he was not understood even by his own disciples. When he was in the very shadow of the cross, they were dis- puting with each other who should have the pre-eminence in his kingdom, to be his prime minister when he should come into his power. The answer to the question, How was it that they accepted him in spite of these great mortifications, is this, — His moral and spiritual impression was so unspeakable! To the very end the disciples were looking for a grand manifestation from him; and still he disappointed them; and still they be- lieved, because of his mighty spiritual force. This, then, was the first mode of Paul's error as to the alleged 138 PAUL'S THEEE POINTS. prediction of Jesus in the Old Scriptures. But his error in this matter was still a deeper one, for it lay in his going to the writ- ten word at all. Friends and brethren, why struggle with anguish of thought and weariness of soul over ancient writings of prophets, singers and law-givers, until they be twisted or stretched or hammered into the model of this present time? Oh how much better to read them as they were, the inspiration of their own eras, living and throbbing with its sorts of feelings and worships and prayers! But not rules nor bonds for us in this era. Why decipher writings, though they be sacred? Why weave patterns of thought from songs, though the songs be holy? Why turn back the eyes over roads long traversed and well trodden, though beaten pathetically they be with the feet of men long gone, and wondrous and tender with sights and asso- ciations, — why? I say, — when before us, and at our feet, lies also the same ancient way, — that portion which we are to tread for ourselves, — and a long way too, which perforce we must go in and cannot stay if we would! Tell me, shall we not go in it the better, the more safely and gladly, yea, and with songs, yea, and with prophesy on our lips, shall we not? — if our eyes be set forward like our feet, and about our feet where now they tread, that we may see and rejoice in the present glory, the providence, the presence of God! Here let me take my stand; for if God be not here now, I must tell you he was never any- where; and if he fail me in my need, though I be the humblest and most unworthy and most struggling, yea, and most sinful, then did he never come to anyone though he were the holiest and the greatest. Nay, holy lips have said that there is more joy among the angels over one sinner that repenteth, than over ninety and nine just persons made perfect; and if there be joy in the dwelling of God over the victor}?, then is he present help for the struggle. Here I must stand; and I must say the great Paul was still in the bonds of the letter, from which I do believe with all my soul that, if now he were here, he would be free. And if happily I be free from it, 'tis no triumph nor monument of mine, to be graved with my name, nor of any other, to be graved with his name; but a temple of God not made with hands, to be filled with songs of praise. Yes, here I stand, and to that tem- ple I must come, and I must enter, not boldly, and yet with no PAUL'S THEEE POINTS. 139 dread. What evil ever can happen to me if I seek the good? Proph- ets, law givers, psalmists and singers, saints and holy men of old, who lived on Carmel, filled the wilderness with prayer, preached in Jerusalem, and hurled the holts of the word of the Lord at treacheries and wrongs, I read you, I reverence you, I sit at your feet; but ye make not my religion, no, but my re- ligion, and every man's, as it was in the beginning, now is and ever shall be, made you ; and I shall not know you, and your words will be but stammering oracles or wild syllables if first I know not for myself the same heart of religion which is in you. Herein again doth the Master, the Nazarene, tower far above his great disciple, as Renan has written truly: " To ap- pear for a moment, to reflect a soft and profound refulgence, to die very young, is the life of a god. To struggle, dispute, and conquer, is the life of a man. After having been for three cen- turies, thanks to orthodox Protestanism, the Christian teacher par excellence, Paul sees in our day his reign drawing to a close. Jesus, on the contrary, lives more than ever. It is no longer the Epistle to the Romans which is the epitome of Christianity — it is the sermon on the Mount. * * * What makes Christian- ity live, is the little that we know of the word and person of Jesus. " This is because Jesus went first to the First; for God is first, and none can go to him second or through any other to learn what Jesus learned. He laid no* the Old Scriptures on his head above him, as if piling them book on book therewith to be enlightened, till at last he was freighted with the heavy burden and went staggering over the earth; no, but he set the Scriptures, book on book, under his feet and climbed them, till standing on them, lifted far on their up-piled holiness, he could look with his eyes over the earth, see it, know it, and in it know the life of God. To his own soul he went, like as into a Holy of Holies. How often he could go therein, into the very inner place, who can tell? That great entrance was rare perhaps, as it was in the old ceremonial. Only once a year could the priest enter that sacred place. I know not whether it were so often as once a year, or but few times in thirty years, that the devout soul of Jesus found its way to the depths of itself. But it came out from that presence filled with divinity. Then he preached, not from the book, but from himself, and said that the pure in 140 PAUL'S THREE POINTS. heart should see God. What a certainty of nature is this! What fact! What assurance! Fathers and mothers, who together have- looked on your children with wonder, with awe and love, all un- speakable, who each hath beheld himself in offspring and won- dered much, and each hath beheld the other and wondered more, with love, and both of the wonderments full of religious fear, — tell me, do ye need writings wherewith to approach your chil- dren, or must one child give to another a writing that he may come to you? When were ye ever so far off that only through a verse, a scrip, a hope or thought or dream written down, your child could come to you? When were ye ever so much farther off that some humble one of your children could come to you only by a parchment from the hand of a greater one? Nay, when did they not fly to you all together, and directly with no intervention, yes, and the humblest, the slowest, the weakest first, the stronger making way for them that the more they might nestle in the father's arms or at the mother's heart, which were theirs by origin, by nature, by love and by their faith? Sit ye then thus, with your children close at your side and in your arms sheltered, and look ye up into the sky. There is the Infinite that bends over you, as the sky reaches down all around to the horizon, yea, and to our eyes rests on the earth and from its bright rim rears up the infinite arch of our abode. Stars play therein, and worlds without number, like children for very joy around him loud shouting and singing. Then comethtoo a hush, which is Law, Love, Order, Perfection. Think of this ; then turn thine eyes to man. As thou hast looked up to heaven, so now look down into the human heart which is spread like a sea underneath, wherein the stars shape themselves again if the waters be still, or are broken if the water strive in storms. What is the human heart? Who dare say he hath sounded it? Who dare describe it? Who dare tell what it is? Who hath meas- ured around it? Who knoweth the power of its mysteries of love, of will, of joy and pain? Who hath written how these wrestle together and tear each other, or what peace lieth under- neath them, to which the soul must go down at last, and there find the deep that calleth unto deep, — the deep of the earth, or of the child here placed, calling unto the deep of the heavens, or of the Father who is the heavens! Think of this, and then tell PAUL'S THKEE POINTS. 141 me whether one of these hearts, though it be the struggling, tempted, erring, must have writings from another, — though it be calm and holy, before it may go straight and alone to the In- finite, the All-Holy, the Father? Must there be parchments from elders, prophets and sweet singers, before one soul shall know how to speak a prayer, or to pray what it can not speak? No. Whence is your love, ye fathers and mothers, who stretch out your arms and clasp closest the weakest, the most needy, the most frightened one of your children, — whence cometh that in you, but from God, who in like manner bendeth forward and hath naught between you and him! " My child is lying on my knees ; The signs of heaven she reads ; My face is all the heaven she sees, Is all the heaven she needs. I also am a child, and I Arn ignorant and weak ; I gaze upon the starry sky, And then I must not speak : For all behind the starry sky, Behind the world so broad, Behind men's hearts and souls, doth lie The Infinite of God. Lo ! Lord, I sit in thy wide space, My child upon my knee ; She looketh up unto my face, And I look up to thee. " I come now to Paul's second point. The second great ar- ticle of that faith of his which gave him such strength and devo- tion, was his belief in what is called the second coming, or second advent of Christ, The idea of a suffering and dying Messiah was the most fearful shock that the mind of a Jew could have received. And yet the moral and spiritual impression of Jesus triumphed over that too. Instead of seeing their great Master elevated, as they believed he would be, by some great popular 142 PAUL'S THKEE POINTS. tumult, into a great reigning prince, re-establishing the kiDgdom in its ancient power and reigning in great glory, they saw him cut off by the most ignominious and painful death, on a Roman scaffold; and yet, I say, such had been his spiritual impression on them, that after a little, when the first shock and depres- sion were over, and they came together again, they said, " Never- theless, he was the Messiah ! " And as they could not have a dead Christ, they dreamed a speedy second coming, and believed it implicitly. Paul's letters are full of it. " The time is short, " he said, " the fashion of this world is passing away. " In his letters to the Corinthians he says: "Behold, I tell you a mystery; we shall not all sleep, but we shall be changed, in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump; for the trumpet shall sound, and the dead shall be raised incorruptible, and we shall be changed."* And, again, to the Romans: "Knowing the time, that now it is high time for you to awake out of sleep: for now is salvation nearer to us than when we first believed. The night is far spent, and the day is at hand: let us therefore cast off the works of darkness, and let us put on the armor of light."f To the Thessalonians Paul writes: " For this we say unto you by the word of the Lord, that we that are alive, that are left unto the coming of the Lord, shall in no wise precede them that are fallen asleep. For the Lord him- self shall descend from heaven, with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God; and the dead in Christ shall rise first. Then we that are alive, that are left, shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air; and so shall we ever be with the Lord. Where- fore, comfort one another with these words. "J Paul argues that those who had died should be at no disadvantage by dying, be- cause the Lord himself, he says, shall descend from heaven with an army and great glory, and first he will awake the faithful from their grave-bed, and then, all together, those that have been dead and those that still are living, shall be caught up to meet the Lord and his armies of angels in the air. This was Paul's vivid dream. I doubt not at all that never *1 Cor. 15. fRom, 13. %1 Thess. 4. PAUL'S THREE POLNTS. 143 he went to sleep at night but he thought that, before the morn- ing dawned by the natural light, might come the morning of the kingdom, with its trumpet tones and glory of angels in the sky. But Paul was in error in this dream. The fact followed not his vision. No splendid advent like to what he conceived took place in the sky; no trumpet sounded, no angels gathered, no spirits descended, no legions of spirits armed themselves, no banners waved nor throne was set, no heralds called to judg- ment; nor were the nations gathered, nor saints came with re- joicing nor the guilty with trembling; but all has been quiet to this hour — the sentinel stars aloft, the commanding sun in front of them, the changeable moon at peace, the obedient tides fol- lowing; and all has been quiet to this day, to this day peace, order and quiet. Truly the great Apostle saw but a little way ; nay, no farther than to the curtain of his own fancies, which hung heavy over his eyes ; so that he looked not out of the window to see the universe moving in its divinity of order. Yet this mistake of Paul is not a mere vain dream, a nec- romantic thought, a magical vision. It has a truth in it, name- ly, that we are safe whatever take place; yea, even if such trumpets sound in the sky, such legions descend, such tumults and convulsions upheave, and such a throne issue from them as the Apostle dreamed, still we are safe; for what could harm us? And in truth we know not what may happen to this little ball that now so merrily trundles our daily fortunes. This earth was once, so it seems written in the sky, a ball of fire; yes, and not even this, but a fiery vapor or mist, spreading we know not where in the heavens. And how this mist came we know not. What if it were the burning sprinkle through space, as some astronom- ers say, of two cold globes somewhere rushing together in an embrace that became fire! If thus the earth were, so it may be again. Who knows of it, either whence it came or wither it goes, or now how far it is on its way to the goal? This is one of the countless multitudes of things, like sands on the sea- shore, which we know not nor can know; which, notwithstand- ing, all together are not of the grandeur, splendor and joyfulness of some of the few things that we do know. For to know that in every hap the love of God reigns, and that naught can harm us wherein our ruling principle is kept pure — this is the knowledge 144 PAUL'S THREE POINTS. which is the gate called Beautiful to the sheltered places of the City of Peace. So did the Apostle think, for in another place in the Scriptures, in the book called the Second Letter of Peter, there is a notable description of the last day of the present world and of the new coming of the Messiah which Paul was so wrapped in. Here follows the passage: ''But, beloved, forget not this one thing, that one day is with the Lord as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day. The Lord is not slack concerning his promise, as some men count slackness; but is long-suffering to you-ward, not wishing that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance. But the day of the Lord will come as a thief, in which the heav- ens shall pass away with a great noise, and the elements shall be dissolved with fervent heat, and the earth and the works that are therein shall be burned up. Seeing that these things are thus all to be dissolved, what manner of persons ought ye to be in all holy living and godliness, looking for and earnestly desiring the coming of the day of God, by reasou of which the heavens be- ing on fire shall be dissolved, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat? But, according to his promise, we look for new heavens and a new earth, wherein dwelleth righteousness." Like to this, wherein indeed the old poet had the Apostle's description in mind, is a noble psean from a Provencal poet, translated by our poet, Bryant: " All things that are on earth shall wholly pass away, Except the love of God, which shall live and last for aye. The forms of men shall be as they had never been ; The blasted groves shall lose their fresh and tender green ; The birds of the thicket shall end their pleasant song, And the nightingale shall cease to chant the evening long. The kine of the pasture shall feed the dart that kills, And all the fair white flocks shall perish from the hills. The goat and antlered stag, the wolf and the fox, The wild boar of the wood, and the chamois of the rocks, And the strong and fearless bear, in the trodden dust shall lie ; And the dolphin of the sea, and the mighty whale, shall die. And realms shall be dissolved, and empires be no more, And they shall bow to death who ruled from shore to shore ; And the great glob.3 itself, so the holy writings tell, With the rolling firmament, where the starry armies dwell, Shall melt with fervent heat— they shall all pass away, Except the love of God, which shall live and last for aye." PAUL'S THREE POINTS. 145 I come now to Paul's third point of faith. And I do be- lieve this inspired him more greatly than the other two. It was what I may call his universalism. You know there arose a great quarrel in the first church. It was between the Jew Christians and the Gentile Christians. The Jew Christians said: "You Gentiles, before you can be Christians, first must submit to the Jewish law and ceremonies; for Christ came to the Jews; there- fore you must come first under the Jewish rites and law; and then you can become a Christian." Paul said: "No! these are 'beggarly elements.' I will have none of them. Come in freely, without any foreign rites, ceremonies and obligations, ye Gen- tiles." The Jew believers thought Christianity a thing inside of Judaism; Paul made it a movement, pressing out of Judaism to the whole world. His letters are full of this thought, and all his life was devoted to it. He wandered up and down the face of the earth to preach it, and to clasp the Gentiles to his soul. In his letter to the Romans the Apostle says that God will render to every man according to his works ; that they will find life and honor who by patience and well-doing seek for it, and that on every soul that worketh evil shall come sorrow and pain, not more to the Jew than to the Greek; and glory and honor and peace to every man that worketh good, as much to the Greek as to the Jew; for " there is no respect of persons with God." For, says the Apostle, "Not the hearers of a law are just before God, but the doers of a law shall be justified. For when the Gentiles, which have no law, do by nature the things of the law, these having no law, are a law unto themselves; in that they show the work of the law written in their hearts, their con- science bearing witness therewith and their thoughts accusing or else excusing them one with another, in the day when God shall judge the secrets of men by Jesus Christ, according to my my gospel."* Who art thou? exclaims the Apostle, and what manner of man art thou? If thou art a Jew and gloriest in the law, and art instructed out of the law, and yet so dost dishonor the law by thy evil deeds that even the Gentiles pro- fane the holy name because of thee, I tell thee that thy be- ing a Jew and keeping the ceremonies is well if thou do the law; but if thou transgress, thy ceremonies and sacrifices are naught, *Rom. 2, 146 PAUL'S THBEE POINTS. and the blood of Abraham is not in thee. And if one who is not a Jew and knows nothing of the temple rites, nor ever of- fered sacrifices, nor has submitted to ceremonies, does good works, shall not his Gentile blood be counted to him the same as Jew blood? Yea, though an alien, he shall be the same as a child of the chosen household. And if he, though not of the covenant, of the blood of Abraham, fulfill the law, I tell thee he shall judge thea who art Abraham's issue and doest evil. "For he is not a Jew, which is one outwardly; neither is that cir- cumcision, which is outward in the flesh: But he is a Jew which is one inwardly ; and circumcision is that of the heart, in the spirit, not in the letter; whose praise is not of men, but of God." In an another letter, that to the Galatians, the Apostle as- sures them eloquently, that they are no longer under a tutor, nor are to be driven this way and that by any who may seek to pass them under the yoke of the law before they can be Chris- tians. For ye are all sons, he says, and as many of you as have entered into the fold of Christ did thereupon put on Christ, so that no longer there can be Jew, nor Greek, nor bond, nor free, nor male, nor female, nor any differences whereby men are parted; but all are one in the fold of Christ. And if then ye be- long to him, cries the Apostle, what is this but to be the same as the very seed of Abraham and heirs of the promise that was given him. And again in the 8th chapter of the Letter to the Komans, a very noble and great chapter, the Apostle tells them that as many as are led by the spirit of God are the sons of God; and that they must not be drawn into any bondage, to be fearful about ceremonies, or sacrifices, or names, or any outward things, but receive the spirit of adoption; for their very souls bear witness within them, and the voice of God within their souls, that they are the children of him. And if children, then heirs, as much as his Hebrew children, yes, and joint heirs with the Messiah himself, if they be willing to suffer with him, that with him also they may be glorified. If then thus ye Gentiles are called and God hath chosen you, as in truth he hath done from the beginning, and doth ordain you to be called in his own time, even as also he called the Jews — if then thus God is for you, who can be against you? Who can lay anything to your charge before him whereby to turn you away? Nay, hath not his son, PAUL'S THREE POINTS. 147 even Jesus the Christ, died, and now, being raised and ascended, rnaketh intercession? "Who shall separate us from the love of Christ? Shall tribulation, or anguish, or persecution, or famine, or nakedness, or peril, or sword? as it is written, For thy sake we are killed all the day long; we are accounted as sheep for the slaughter. Nay, in all these things we are more than conquerors, through him that loved us. For I am persuaded, that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor things present, nor things to come, nor powers, nor height, nor depth, nor any other creature, shall be able to separate us from the love of God which is in Christ Jesus our Lord."* Wherefore, cries the Apostle, in still another letter, to the Ephesians— Wherefore you Gentiles that once seemed afar off, now are made nigh, for Christ hath broken the middle wall of the partition and abolished the old enmity, even by his own flesh, having brought the Jew and the Gentile together into one body through the cross, and by his cross slain the enmity. And he preached peace to you that aTe far off as much as peace to them that were nigh, for both have access in one spirit to the same Father. So I tell you ye are not mere strangers and so- journers, but fellow-citizens, and of the household of God. And ye are made all together, Jew and Gentile, into a holy temple in the Lord, builded together for a habitation for God. In writing to the Galatians he warns them with great feel- ing that he fears they are losing the life of the spirit and being brought to sacrifices, ceremonies and rules, under the Jewish law. Away with such things! he cries to them; they were fit only for your time of bondage, when as yet ye were outside and knew not your sonship. But now that ye have come to know, "how turn ye again to the weak and beggarly elements whereunto ye desire to be in bondage over again? Ye observe days, and months, and seasons, and years. I am afraid of you, lest by any means I have bestowed upon you labor in vain."f Here was Paul's great truth. Oh, sometimes how must the most timid soul wish there were a Paul now to say these words to us, to our faithless, fearful churches, that have no confidence in truth, but must hedge round their thoughts by creeds and ex- *Bom. 8. tGal. 4. 148 PAUL'S THREE POINTS. elusions! Herein lay no error. Paul might err in explaining written texts, and reason falsely from them, as he did, against the laws of language and history; he might err in his dreams of blazing splendors at the Lord's coming in the sky; but in his all-embracing humanity and fellowship he builded on a rock. This wide and great doctrine of Paul, that the great good news of Jesus' life and devotion was not for the Jews only, but for the world, to be preached to the Gentiles — this, I say, because it was so great and wondrous a proclamation, brought him into great perils, yes, and sufferings of body continually during his years of toilsome journeys to preach his great Gospel. Wherever he went he preached, even in the synagogues, that Christianity was not a new sect of Jews, nor for Jews alone, no, but a wide re- ligion, and for all mankind. But when he said such things, then the Jews set upon him, drove him from their synagogues time and again, reviled him, spumed him, beat him and stoned him, even pursuing him out on the highways between city and city, and leaving him for dead by the roadside. Once when he was in Jerusalem, some Jews of Asia Minor who happened to be there, recognized him as the troublesome, heretical, and seditious preacher who had made light of the laws and in their very syn- agogues opened his arms to the Gentiles. Whereat they stirred up the people and made a great outcry, shouting, Help, men of Israel! This is the man whom we found in our cities teaching against the law! And we read that ''all the city was moved, and the people ran together, and they laid hold on Paul and dragged him out of the temple. And forthwith the doors were shut. And as they were seeking to kill him, tidings came up to the chief captain of the band that all Jerusalem was in confusion. And immediately he took soldiers and centurians, and ran down upon them. And when they saw the chief captain and soldiers, they left off beating Paul. Then the chief captain came near and laid hold on him, and commanded him to be bound with two chains, and inquired who he was and what he had done. And some shouted one thing, some another, among the crowd; and when he could not know the certainty for the uproar, he com- manded him to be brought into the castle. And when he came upon the stairs, so it was that he was borne of tne soldiers for the violence of the crowd. For the multitude PAUL'S THEEE POINTS. 149 of the people followed after, crying, Away with him."* But when Paul thus was carried by the soldiers up the stairs he begged leave of the officer to speak, and so stand- ing on the stairs beckoned with his hand and began to speak, not in Greek, but in Hebrew, the holy and an- cient tongue, and the angry mob stood silent to listen. "Where- upon Paul told them who he was and where born, and how at the feet of their rabbins he had been instructed strictly in the law, and that he was very zealous and had followed the new com- pany of Christians with fire and sword. Then he narrated to them what had happened to him on the road to Damascus, and the blindness wherewith he was struck, and the manner in which he was healed of it; and then, at last, he spoke out bravely that the word of the Lord came to him, saying, " Depart, for I will send thee forth from hence unto the Gentiles." And, says the Scripture, they gave him audience unto this word, but then when he spake of going to the Gentiles, they shouted with a great out- cry, " Away with such a fellow from the earth! It is not fit that he should live! " And they shouted and roared and threw their garments off, and cast dust into the air. Paul, in truth, had been a notable Jew, as he had told the people, and had gone raging up and down the land, beating the Christians and throw- ing them into prison, and had stood consenting to the death of Stephen ; but when at last he believed, and embraced the new Gospel, then it was not as a Jew taking the new evangel into his old narrowness, as if he patched an old garment with new cloth, or put new wine into old goat-skins. No, but as a new man he took his new faith, not as a Jew, but as a man j and hence not for the Jews but for all men he opened his arms, to gather them all in, because God had made of one blood all the nations of the world, to walk on the face of the earth, and was not far from any one of them. Paul rescued his glorious Master from the hard fate of phrophets, which is that they soon become them- selves tyrants like unto those they overthrow. For soon they that speak out of their own spirit, as Jesus did, and call on all men to do the same and to learn where they learned, which is in the holy quiet of then own souls, — soon these, I say, are set aloft by their disciples and crowns put on them that they may *Acts. 21. 150 PAUL'S THREE POINTS. be adored with submission ; and soon then they become law- givers instead of inspirers, and their disciples grow to a stern priesthood who put other men to fire and sword in their names. How did Luther wrestle with his followers that they should do even as he had done, and warned them that they were not to call themselves after him! Yet so, notwithstanding, would they do, and did; and now they are hardened into a sect which needs another Luther to overthrow the first and purge his work of tyranny. Paul stood like a bulwark for a time, yes, like a great wall that no thunders could shake and no lightnings of men's hatred shatter, in front of his Master, to shield him from the hard fate of being no more than the leader of another Jewish sect. When at last Paul was gone, and the apostles were gone, and all slept that knew the Master, the Jews scat- tered, their city sacked and burned, and their law a by-word and reproach, then, alas, the gospel of Jesus did become a tyranny; yes, and the very epistles of Paul a like tyranny, which helped to set the stones of the walls of the church to keep out Jews and all heretics and set bound again to the love of God. But the spirit of Paul wrestles with this bondage of the letter, as of old he did; and again he shall triumph, as of old he did; and again the universal truth and the human fellowship which was in him shall rescue the Master from sects and clans, from creeds, churches, sectaries, and all bondage of the letter, as of old it did; and once more man shall know that neither principal- ities nor powers nor things present nor things to come nor height nor depth nor any other creature shall seperate man from the love of God, nor shall part men from one another, for that they are of one family in that love. What impiety greater than to bound the grace and love of God? Oh! how unspeakably vain it seems, how hard to conceive it, that any will think to bound the grace of God, shutting it profanely into one fold with gates of men's devices, or sealing it with one name or creed or church or method; as if men (I say it reverent- ly) would label God" with their titles, or mark the wolves and jackals of their bitter passions with the name of the Great Shep- herd. PAUL'S THREE POINTS. 151 Thus I have tried to set forth, though by necessity briefly, these points of Paul, two errors and one truth. They all survive. Still the people are going to the writings, to the parchments, to the letter, for arguments, in all the churches. I know there are bursts and throbs of coming freedom, the freedom of the spirit within us, — God be thanked! And yet, still there are exclusions, hatreds, persecutions; and men goto the parch- ments for their religion. Still, also, many are looking for the second coming, and their sad hearts are spelling it out from the figures in Daniel. But, too, there are many successors to Paul, and many through the ages, never so many as now, striving to break down the partition walls, and bring men to one fold — howsoever they differ in forms, no matter — by the unity of the spirit. It is remarkable that the two errors are warring with the one truth, for it is the argument from the letter, from the scriptures, and the Messiah-dream of a miraculous Lord and King, that seperate men. The two errors shall be done away, the truth shall stay and grow. Gradually these grand scriptures, this glorious great Bible, so misused, and yet able to be so valuable and precious to us, shall cease to rule over man's reason, and then it will be the friend of his soul. Gradually the holy Nazarene will cease to be a Lord expected again with blare of trumpets and armed angels in the sky; and then he will be the wayfaring friend and teacher of men, a " quickening spirit." And the truth of the great heart of Paul, the all-embracing humanity, the love, that shall prevail; and the earth will become a new Eden, men will walk new-made in the garden, nor will fear each other, nor any creature fear them, nor ravage any more. "The wolf also shall dwell with the lamb, and the leopard shall lie down with the kid; and the calf and the young lion and thefatling together; and a little child shall lead them. And the cow and the bear shall feed; their young ones shall lie down together: and the lion shall eat straw like the ox. And the sucking child shall play at the hole of the asp, and the weaned child shall pnt his hand on the adder's den. They shall not hurt nor destroy in all my holy mountain: for the earth shall be full of the knowledge of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea."* *Isaih ix. KNOWLEDGE OF GOD. I have a difficult subject this morning; not difficult in itself, but to treat in such language and manner I fear as may recom- mend it to you. I have tried faithfully to keep in mind that I shall speak to those who at present are not acquainted with the technical language of the schools. Particularly I have tried to regard the younger portion of the congregation. I hope I may not fail altogether in bringing the subject to their minds and hearts. I once preached to a congregation where they had the habit of stopping the minister to ask questions whenever they wished. A somewhat dangerous privilege; yet not too danger- ous, I think, if only we could escape from vanity and self- consciousness — that is to say, if we could ask questions born of the humility, and not of the arrogance, of thought. But, though this custom obtains not here, I should be willing enough to have it, especially in such a subject as this, wherein I fear that without knowing it I may fall short of that plainness which certainly I aim at. "What I have to say I will bring before you by a story, or allegory. There was a shepherd, sitting in the midst of his florks, in a hilly and barren country. Looking about him, he asked himself where were the signs of the king? What proof have I, quoth he, or what signs that there is a king reigning in this country? Him I never see. His messengers never reach me. And, in truth, I must say this is but a stony and poor piece of ground for the king to leave as it is, if, indeed, he be reigning and in power. Now, while the shepherd was talking thus to himself, reasoning, behold, he saw coming in the distance 154 KNOWLEDGE OF GOD. some swift runners; and one after another, at slight intervals, they came dashing past him, plainly couriers bent on some urgent command. Whereupon, the shepherd reasoned again thus: Who be these fast runners that I see speeding past me in this manner? Surely these must be of great moment and pressed by business of great import, they hurry so much, and seem in so great earnestness. Now, perhaps, quoth the shep- herd, they come from the king. Yes, that is the only explana- tion. They are the couriers speeding from the king on some great errand. Whereupon, the simple heart of the man was satisfied, and he rested very content in this proof that there was a king. But soon, as he looked on the messengers as they came past, he began to notice that many of them were very shabbily clad; indeed, much travel- worn and stained with their journey. So he began to reason again that surely they could not come from the king, being so ill-clad and so ill-kept. For if from a great monarch they came, they would be clothed in a manner equal to their office, reflecting glory on their Lord. So the shepherd fell again into his discontent, and wondered whether there was a king after all. But noticing again the couriers as they ran, he saw them doing what at first had escaped his notice, because no one had done it quite before his eyes, or just in front of him; he noticed, I say, that as they ran they appeared to be taking off their journey-stained clothing, tearing away from them their poor garments torn and ragged, and putting on others that they seemed to be carrying with them; yea, even in some strange way making and preparing them as they ran. As they put on these new garments, they became, indeed, rich and comely in their bearing, in appearance worthy of a great monarch. Thereupon, the shepherd fell to reasoning again, and said: If belike these messengers come not from a king, since they come so ill-dressed and so shabby, yet they are going to a king, for I see they are making themselves fit for royal presence. Therefore the king is. And, again, the honest shepherd was content, and rejoiced in his heart. This story I tell because it is like a saying of Goethe. That poet said: " If there be not a God now, there will be some day." A very notable saying. The German poet differed from others by this saying, in forecasting the issue of development, instead KNOWLEDGE OF GOD. 155 of ransacking nature to understand its source. The aim of the movement, and prophecy of it, seemed to him as great and stable a point for faith and joy, as though he could perceive the source of it. For if the starting point, the setting out of all this great panoply of things, how they came to be together, and to be well measured in their places in the race and struggle for life, seemed doubtful, the common aim of them all appeared very plain, that they were all journeying to a royal grandeur, to a divine com- pleteness. If there be anything in the soul's instinctive idea of the infinite, surely it can mean no less than this, that nothing can be added, and nothing taken away; that there never was less than now, and never more, nor can be; that no atom can be added to being, and no quality to nature; that whether by development or any other manifestation, the quality, nature, attribute that will be, is simply the coming then into our perception of the quality, the nature, the attribute that now is; that whatever may be manifestly the tendency or aim of the universal motion, is so because already it is the nature of that which moves. I am used to delight much in the old Gnostic term, Pleroma, roundness, fullness; the fullness in which lies the possibility of the actual, and the ordained actuality of all possibilites ; the fullness from whose being all things proceed, in order to develop evermore unto its nature. Always the ecstasy of my own sense of being projects itself for me on earth and sky. Therewith arises in me the abso- luteness of my moral intuitions, the uncompromising eternal necessity of the ought, as well, too, as the soaring certainty of the pure reason. When I have bathed in these, I come con- sciously into the presence of the being which is the ground of the connection and participation of all stars and their peoples in the necessities of my conscience, and of the thoughts which start in me. Hence it is that the life within me has clothed itself with this absolute within me, in order to teach me that I am not born of two parents meiely, or of any time, but of the uni- verse and of eternity. The life which pours within me to keep up my pulse, which enters at the eye to quicken that pulse when a terror or a joy confronts my vision, opening the portal of any sense, nay, being sense itself, and then thrilling into an idea, or 156 KNOWLEDGE OF GOD. palpitating in the rapture of a thought, — that is the same life which undulates, waves, ascends, descends, circulates, blooms, in the related mysteries of light, sound, water, atmosphere, earth, tinting the summer's cloud, murmuring in the clash of the silex edges of grass-blades, turning the monstrous sun, and still vaster globes, on their axes, and then bringing down, as if obedient to me, and laying forth for me on a cotton screen the spectral chemistry of a star's atmosphere. We come, when thus we study ourselves, to think of that wonder which we name personality — our personality. And I hesitate not to say that it is the personality of God which is the being of my personality, of my identity, of my consciousness of myself. I say not that I know how to express to you, nay, nor to myself, the personality of God; and, above all, I mean not individuality. But what if I can not define? What then? As saith a noble discourse, " What then if God be incomprehensi- ble? Is it necessary to comprehend what infinite love is, in order to comprehend that the very substance of our being is mysteri- ously identified with whatsoever love in its essence means?"* Is it needful, in like manner I say, to comprehend what infinite personality is, in order to feel the soul quickening and thrilling with a kindred inexplicableness, a mysterious identity with whatsoever personality in its essence means? To be" incom- prehensible" is not to be "unknown" or "unknowable;" for there is nothing but touches in many points on the infinite, wherein it can not be comprehended. Nay, everything touches in all points on the infinite; if we seem to comprehend any thing, this is only because we co-ordinate it with other finite phenomena, which thus cover, I may say, their common mystery with a little cosmos of their own, having few and secondary rela- tions. But here stands, you will say to me, the old trial-difficulty; you are anthropomorphic. Very many persons think they have spoken immense wisdom and extinguishing logic, when they utter the word anthropo- morphic. Anthropomorphic means, in the form of a man, like to a man ; and they say, if we speak of the personality of God, we thereby make him like to a man. They say to me, You teach * Samuel Johnson, in The Radical ; vol. vii, p. 265. KNOWLEDGE OF GOD. 157 no idea of God, but only of a very great human being; and by reason of the nature of human faculties, this is all that can be taught. The uninstructed yearnings of the heart set their burn- ing fervor behind your faculties, and throw the shadow of them on the sky, and out of that shadow you carve the Deity. That is their claim. Well, let us take a near view of this. It has no frightful power to me. Of all places in the world, the pulpit is the place in which not to be afraid of anything. Let us ask what anthropomorphism is. Is anthropomorphism the ascribing to God of the nature of man? Well, if not in God, tell me how and whence that nature came into man? Whatever appears in the constitution of the finite, was first and eternally in the nature of the infinite. If this be anthropomorphism, I have no wish to shrink from it; because there can be no other reason for anything in man's constitution, than that it is in the source of man, in the being of his being. Wherefore, if I be asked how it is possible to ascribe to the infinite any finite nature, or thought, or any exer- cise, I ask how it is possible not to ascribe the nature of all things to that whose unfolding or manifestation all things are? But here I come to what I conceive to be the secret of this charge of anthropomorphism, and the opening out or explana- tion of it. It is so necessary to ascribe all things to the infinite, that anthropomorphism, that is, man-likeness, truly considered, is just the not doing so, but the ascribing somewhat to the nature of man alone. In other words, anthropomorphism con- sists, not in ascribing our fundamental nature or traits to God, but in not also, and in unity therewith, ascribing all other natures and traits to him. But a finite nature is not a false, but only a partial manifestation of the infinite, and the finite becomes infinite nature so soon as it is gathered in with all other mani- festations. Here, because I can not go forward another step otherwise, I will ask you to look with me for a moment at the meaning of the words analysis and synthesis. The one is to separate or divide anything into its parts; this is to analyze. To synthetize is to take the parts, or the constructing elements, and put them together to make the object. For example, suppose we wish to 158 KNOWLEDGE OF GOD. show the construction of a watch by analysis, we should then take it all apart mechanically, and lay its springs, its wheels, its balances, its cogs, its different kinds of metal and its jewels, all apart, each in its separate place. But if we wished to show the construction of that watch by synthesis, we should then assemble together all these various parts, and put them into place in the watch, and hold it up to the eye as a finished, collected, and completed object. Thus you see that analysis and synthesis are modes of defining and examining the nature of anything. Analysis shows what the thing is by showing its parts. Often, in order to do this, it is necessary to destroy the object; but that interferes not with analysis. Synthesis, on the other hand, shows or defines what an object is by taking the parts and making of them the object, or by showing the object in its wholeness without reference to its parts. To illustrate: Suppose I wish to define a flower, let us say a gentian, by analy- sis. I should, thereupon, pull off from its stem the cup or tube of it, and proceed to show that that by itself was a part of the flower, fringed at its edges. I should then show how the stamens, also being parts by themselves, were inserted in the flower, and call your attention to the other parts, the ovary, style, stigma, filaments, anthers, calyx, until, by all these par- ticulars, you had become acquainted with the flower by analysis. But now suppose I wished to do the same work by synthesis. Then I should try to describe to you the flower as it would look to your eye and come before you as for feeling and as a unit, not consisting of parts, but of parts gathered into the unit in which you behold it. It is synthetic account alone that shows any object in its living reality. If, for example, you would see the difference, read the botanical description of the Fringed Gen- tian, in any hand-book of botany, where you will find it described by analysis, — Lobes of the four-cleft calyx unequal, ovate and lanceolate, as long as the bell-shaped tube of the sky- blue corolla, the lobes of which are wedge-obovate and strongly fringed around the summit, four-lobed, regular; pod oblong, two-valved, one-celled, with two parietal placental, ovary free from the calyx ; stamens as many as the lobes of corolla and alternate with them. But thus the poet Bryant synthetizes, in his poem " To the Fringed Gentian:" KNOWLEDGE OF GOD. 159 Thou blossom bright with autumn dew, And colored with the heaven's own blue, Tbat openest when the quiet light Succeeds the keen and frosty night, Thou comest not when violets lean O'er wandering brooks and springs unseen, Or columbines, in purple dressed, Nod o'er the ground-bird's hidden nest. Thou waitest late and com st alone, When woods are bare and birds are flown, And frosts and shortening days portend The aged year is near his end. Then doth thy sweet and quiet eye Look through its fringes to the sky, Blue— blue— as if that sky let fall A flower from its cerulean wall. If now I have made plain this difference, though so very briefly, between the art of dehniiig by analysis, with which goes destruction, and the defining by synthesis, which shows the unity of life, let me apply it to my subject. The life of Grod is infinite: it comprehends the most tremulous nebulous light which the wide-mouthed telescope barely focalizes, the intoler- able radiance of enormous suns and the momentum of their gross masses, the surface secrets of the stars, and the mysteries equally inscrutable of microscopic life on a square-miilionth inch of the earth's breast. Now, in all these manifestations, there seem to be what I may call foci of consciousness. We are such ; feeling creatures, in whom Grod develops intelligence, which has the power to turn an observant eye outward and inward, and by the analytic process to cut off ourselves and all other things, as little units in thought, as now I separate them from the ongoing manifestation, which is the perfect indivisible infinite. This isolation is what I mean by muteness. It comes from analyzing, that is, from taking the whole by its parts and viewing each part hy itself. And this is the necessary mode of 1 mind in consciousness dawning in the manifestation of another consciousness; for it is involved in the very notion of thinking of ourselves, that we must; separate and divide ourselves from what contains us. The analytic process is a necessity to us; it is indeed ourselves. We may synthetize or unify in our little domain ; nay, by our mysterious sympathy with our source of being, we are constrained to do this, yes, and to find the highest 160 KNOWLEDGE OP GOD. joy we know in this pursuit of The One in the Many; but we never can soar to that divine synthesis which would include our- selves, because discrimination is but another term for our very knowledge of ourselves, nay, for our very being. Analysis must always remain the root of every mental process, the hidden familiar of every pursuit of unity. Analy- sis has no limits. The reason is, that it is the very essence of our being. The mind may pulverize the universe, and detach it crumb by crumb for isolated contemplation, because, as I say, the analytic process is the very fiber of our own being. But on the road to unity, to that synthesis which is God, we can go but a very little "way. Soon we must shade our eyes, and stop through very excess of light. To merge all things in synthesis as we can crumble all in analysis, would be to unite ourselves in thought with our own source of life, in division and separation from which our consciousness consists, yea, of which the soul, as a derived being, ever must remain in uncreative ignorance. " In nothing," says the discourse that I have quoted, "is the inadequacy of the merely analytic process shown more conclusively than in its dealings with things spiritual in the interest of science. It never reveals truth in its divine form of life. To disect, it must destroy. It can not see any elements of existence as existent; for each lives in its active relations to the others. Analysis, however useful in its way, slays this beautiful unity in which power and life dwell. There is left a heap of dead fibres and organs; and what resemblance is there to the living body when you have put these together again?" * Now, anthropomorphism is to project analysis on God. It does not mean to ascribe to him, or to judge of him by, any power of mine, or of any being, for this is a mental necessity, and nothing is conceivable otherwise. But it means the not ascribing to him also of all traits of all beings at once in one indivisible unity; for God is the real synthesis of all the things that thrill in thought. No trait of nature in me limits him, unless I ascribe it to him apart from that vital unity in which he lives it and is it ; and this would be to limit him because instead of merging humanity with all natures in him, I then *The Radical, vol. vii, p. 261. KNOWLEDGE OF GOD. 161 should isolate God into humanity. Our circumstances circum- scribe us; but God's circumstances are all things, even our circumscription. The Infinite Life, the Infinitely Personal, can not be separated nor compared, nor in any way divided by sense or mind from the universal "Whole of Manifestation, since everything reveals and nothing in its place misrepresents him. The difficulty, the impossibility, is to take the whole and form one conception from the vast manifold. We can scarcely fashion to ourselves the least idea of the nature of a dog's consciousness, or of that of any being unen- dowed with language. But God is vocal in us, voiceless in the dog; and we are not guilty of deifying our own being when we ascribe to God whatever nature utters speech, yea, and the speaking of the speaking nature, if we also merge with it in him whatever soul is speechless. This can not be comprehended in its commete- ness, because by the necessities of our nature, synthesis in our minds can never be perfect. But I say it is sufficient for love and joy. It is knowledge of God none the less true for its limitations, since it is exact and right to affirm our whole nature of him, though we know not how this appears when it lives in God in vital indivisible unity with all else whatsoever. It is right to say God lives, God thinks, God acts. He acts, but he is the action of activity and the inaction of inactivity, and both at once in vital unity indivisible. The deftest play of the musician's fingers exists in vital oneness with the immovableness of mountains or stars in him. He thinks; but the most intri- cate triumphs of reason are one in him with the mysterious dawn of intelligence, with the inscrutable instinct of the spider which awaits classification. He loves, but inclusive of the indif- ference of some female fishes, and of the tenderest human maternity. " God," says Luther, " exists wholly in every grain of sand, and yet, at the same time, in, above and beyond all creatures. * * * Nothing is so small, but that God is still smaller; nothing so great but that God is still greater; nothing so short but that God is still shorter; nothing so long but that God is still longer; nothing so broad but that God is still broader; nothing so narrow but that God is still narrower." And so with personality. God is person; in simple reality and truth, person, as we are. But is not this, you will say, perhaps, 162 KNOWLEDGE OF GOD. to call him simply human? — a very great man, but only man? And is it any better than what the Grecian philosophers charged on other pagans, that if lions or oxen could worship, they would take a lion or ox for their god, a very great lion, but still a lion? Ah! here is the sublime mystery which rescues both, and leaves us with the Father, — that the li/m is right and the man is right. God is anthropomorphic, and leomorphic, man- like and lion-like, in the infinity of his omni-morphism. It is the truth of both which saves each, and makes the idea of each a reflection of a spiritual reality in God, wherein the personal and impersonal, and whatsoever may be higher than personal of which we dream not — if there be aught such; I know not, — exists, not in mixture, but in the indivisible perfection of one eternal life. Wonderful, heavenly, and yet simple as the babe's heart, appears the inference from all this concerning our knowledge of God. This inference and truth is, that we know him, not only as much as we know anything, but more. There is naught in life so known to us as the eternal stream of life, God. Only in their flight to unity in his bosom do any facts whatever let fall on the soul the mantle of their meaning. If by the analyzing quality of our being, we divide, separate, isolate, pulverize some- thing in order to know it the more perfectly, when we have done this and cut it off from God, behold, there is naught to it, naught left to know. It is only in its synthesis with all else whatsoever, that any being or thing, telescopic or microscopic, distills the drop of its living meaning. " All true science," says Buskin, " begins in the love, not the dissection of your fellow creatures ; and it ends in the love, not the analysis, of God." I have stood before a beautiful landscape in summer, and winter too, where the level meadow, with trees, river, hills climbing on their shadows, have blended in vast modest mag- nificence; and thus confronted, I have asked myself again and again, Does God now appear pressing on my sight? Like the old Oriental sage, I would say, if I could, "I see him with my eye." Does he appear there before my soul, now all wrought into vision? As often as I have viewed the sublimity as God lives it, all a' once, in the ecstasy of my consciousness of it more than in any detailed sight, the syllabled affirmation of my answer was KNOWLEDGE OF GOD. 163 faint to express the unspeakable depth and sincerity of the soul's conviction. God appeared to me just so long as I took the scene into my soul as a unit of beauty. So far as my eye could reach, he was there, living that unity of beauty and life. But he disappeared so soon as I took the elements, the rock, the tree, the flower, into the laboratory of analysis, and began to test them with reagents for divinity. I stood once on the shores of a lake on which the sun was casting setting rays of gold and crimson. Two persons said, " Let us sail out into that color which lies so gloriously on the water." But when they had sailed to the spot, they understood their folly; the color was as far be- yond them as before on the surface of the water, away off; and yet to the eyes of the persons on the shore, there they were, bathed in the full glory of it. So, when we go after a place, so I may say, of the glory of God, not knowing that there is no one place, but all is full thereof, when we come to that place, we find it not as we thought; yet to those who are looking after us, and see us in the whole, we are bathed in the glory of the light which our own eyes behold not. Meantime, there is no mystery in God which has not its corresponding mystery in us. His existence? There is our own being, which is simply a poise over a profound abyss of consciousness inexplicable. His mode of activity? There is the inscrutable mystery of our own will, which is all we know of any activity. His uniform law joined with his personal freedom? There is the equivalent sense and mystery of our liberty over against the strict laws of human movement which history displays. His eternity? There is the related mystery of time; for to our analytic consciousness, beginning and no beginning are equally inconceivable. His infinity? There is space, in which w T e move, which stretches before us infinitely, involved in that very analysis which is our being. His absolute and necessary nature? There are the answering intuitions of the pure reason, and above all, the imperative necessity of the moral command, the absolute authority of the Ought. These are all human mysteries, and all divine mysteries, nor could they be human if not divine, nay, nor divine if not human. WHY ANY EELIGION? Why any religion? What reasons for religion? Not why this religion, or that, is better than some other; not why I shall prefer one doctrine or system of thought; but why religion itself, any religion, is good. To answer this question there are three general methods. I might try to answer first, by studying the origin of re- ligion. This would be the historical method of answering the question. It is a good method. By it I should try to show the origin and growth of religion in the evolution of the faculties of human nature within the facts of human life. Thus, by indeed but simply reading the pages of human experience, I might show the need of religion to human life, its office to the soul of man, and its truth and divinity, as naturally unfolding in human experience. Again, for the second method, I might strive to answer the question by showing the usefulness of religion. This would be the experimental or utilitarian manner. This method, too, is not without its value. By no means I would despise it. Yet it seems to me to have been treated sadly, and to have fallen in- deed into very bad company and ill-usage; for it has been made the foundation of the salvation-doctrine, as the answer to the question, Why any religion? — the answer, namely, that religion is good because it offers an escape for mankind from the evils of his destiny, and the changing of them for good things; that is to say, to escape from hell, and to gain heaven. I shall spend no time over this answer to the question, because I think no one is hearing me this morning for whom it is not far bygone, long dropped by the wayside, yes, perhaps so far back in our ex- 166 WHY ANY RELIGION. perience that hardly we can remember ever being perplexed or tried in spirit by this ancient gross answer to our question. There is, however, another way in which we may speak of the usefulness of religion, a right and salutary way. Sometime ago I had a conversation with a young man who has been a warm and valued friend for many years. It so warmed my heart that I thought at the time I would bring it into the pulpit for you, as a bit culled right out of life, an experience laid directly at the door of my mind, and therefore, perhaps, fresh and useful for you. I had not talked with him much for many years (he was a friend of my youth), and, meantime, he had engaged in a large business, which had been successful. He was now at the head of a business house ample in its returns, more than abundantly rich in this world's goods. But he came to me to ask some counsel, and also to make some proposals re- garding reading for himself. He said to me: " My friend, dur- ing these many years of close devotion to business, I have learned one thing of more advantage to me than all else that I have learned, and a dearer result of my experience than all the gains of property that I have made; this it is, that unless I keep my hold firmly on the spiritual, by and by I shall lose my hold also on the material. I mean," he said, " putting it now on the lowest basis that I can, not speaking of the great beauty of thoughts, the elevation of spiritual ideas, the poetry and re- ligion of life, but on its lowest plane, I mean that I can not be so good a business man if I attend not to the cultivation of my- self in soul. This," said he, " has been borne in on me more and more as I have faced the danger of so being absorbed in my business as to weaken my spiritual hold. Yes, I have been startled to find that unless I held hard to the heavens, I could not, in my daily work on the earth, be so successful, so wise, or so far planning. Now this," he said to me, "is not the highest ground on which to put the usefulness or value of religion, of poetry, of the prophet's dreams, the Psalmist's visions; never- theless, it is a true ground, and for that reason alone, if for no other, I wish to keep to the source of spiritual life, and know the aids to maintain it." This I think wise, noble, salutary, well worthy to be called a reason for religion. Let us call it, as my friend did, one of WHY ANY EELIGION. 167 the lower reasons; but whatever reason is valid is not to be despised. It is a great and happy thing to see that if indeed simple religion be taken into the mind truly, purely, not as a salvation scheme, but as an inward elevation, inspiration, fer- vor, life must become wiser, grander in its sweep, the intelli- gence be broadened, man made more unselfish, business more truthful and noble, which means more productive in all ways, especially of happiness, politics no longer greedy and scandal- ous, and men no longer sellers of strong drink to degrade and ruin others for gain. Indeed, we shall see gentleness, happiness and peace on the earth when this religion dwells with us, nor men any longer brutal to women, nor women harsh to men, and home the abode of kindly offices and affectionate consideration. If thus true religion make all life better and nobler, truly I say it is an honest reason why religion should be, why we should cleave to it, and why this church should be builded. We must remember, too, that vital religious truths in the heart keep us in communication with nature, and with the ways of providence. My friend might have added, perhaps it was in his mind indeed, as one of the means by which spir- itual thoughts broadened his intelligence, that the spirit thus is attuned to the works of God, and therefore vibrates with them. I ask you this question, How shall you walk well on this earth, and profitably either for soul or for body, if you be at variance with the earth in spirit? How shall you use nature to your good if you be alien to the facts, the spirit and life that is in nature? But with religion we shall enter nature's beauty, glad- ness, riches, life, we shall behold the order of God's creation, which is maintained in the creatures of that creation, and we shall be filled with peace and power by harmony with that order. We shall learn to know everywhere a certain life j I say things will seem living to us if we have this religion in us. The wind, the rain, the sea, the shining starry night, are but moving bit s of a wondrous and infinite life which shall press on us with great moment and power and glory. Movements of nations, too, yea, the very sailing of ships, the inventions of men, all the wonderful providences of history, will be to us a living un- folding of Infinite Life and Power and wondrous Love. Is not religion, then, of mighty interest and value, if thus 168 WHY ANY RELIGION. its presence in the soul keep us face to face with the Father in the works? Religion, also, from this point, this answer hy its useful- ness, is that which shields us in the hour of temptation. We all are tried. Who of you has not his temptations? Who is not more liahle to some errors than others? Sometimes very weak on one side, or, at least, not knowing your own strength there which you might know, tempted by wicked counsels with- out, by restless struggling feelings within? But religion is man's consciousness of the Infinite and Eternal Holiness over him. In the hour of temptation when the strength almost is gone — for never it wholly goes, but almost is gone, — and the fierce im- portunity of gain or passion has us in its grip, then this religion may be the anchor of strength, — to feel about us the holiness of God, and to think of it. Then the earth is a temple and we enter it. Many a man who has not strength standing upward, becomes a giant on his knees. We can turn away from evil, if only for a little; but if it be little enough to lift the eye, lo! we see with that eye the Holy Spirit, and a face looks out on us, if it be a face we seek. We feel the abiding strength, life, beauty, all about us, and then we can forsake that evil because in that company it hath become foreign, and of us no more. Again, for the third method, I might answer my question by an attempt to define and study the nature of religion. This is the philosophical manner. Of this I will say naught here, save that I have no displeasure with the method. It is right and well that we reason of all that belongs to us, that we ques- tion what the root of religion is in reason, that we ask what the facts of nature, as science unfolds them, have to say to religion, and religion to them. But this I pass over now, and say simply this, if any ask me, " Way any religion?" — simply this, that — Here it is! We are with it! It is with us! There are some things which it is right and well for the mind that we reason on, to justify them by process of thought, or by studying the facts; and yet, after we have done that, hardly have we added to them any authority, weight, power, since all their power is that here they are, with us, a great and glorious possession, and all their authority that they belong by nature to the human soul. We can give no reason why music, painting, poetry, are of WHY ANY RELIGION. 169 worth and great effect to us, no reason, I say, so good as simply that here they are, and always have heen, in the beginning, now, and ever to be, great benisons from the past, wondrous blessings in the present, and prophecies that hold the future in keeping. We find them joy and beauty to us; and beauty, as Emerson says to the flower in the wilderness, " is its own excuse for being." To these great arts, and all that makes hfe glorious, we have but to say, that he that brought them here brought us. So to us they belong, because we with them belong to that Power and Goodness; and that is their sanction. So it is with love and trust and hope. And when these take on them a grand form, and grow into all that they may come to in human life, they become religion; but after they have become religion, love, trust and hope are as little to be crowned by any argument as before, when they were the tender springings of the human heart in human fellowships. Simply then, I say, here is religion with us, expressing our highest being. Wherefore if 1 be asked " Why any religion?" — rather would I, than try to tell why, say that there is no question, nor anything to be questioned or asked; but that here it is in us, and no more driven to give a reason for itself, or warrant itself by argument, than is that reason which asks a reason. To be religious, is simply to be our true selves, and never are we our true selves unless this holy somewhat, which sometimes we know not how to speak or write, nay, never quite truly, sometimes not at all, glows deeply and sacredly in the spirit. .For whatever may be said of us, how- ever we came here, or wherever we go, it is sure that now we are the children of the Source of all, and made tooin his image by just so much as we have the thought of him. Are we not then our true selves when this flames up in us, and then over us into the heavens, into prayers, to seek its source as all flame must? Consider how important it is that all things here, all beings, should be what they were meant to be, to unfold themselves according to the ideas written within them. What famine and suffering spread if corn be blasted in the ear, not being what it is meant to be. Only as creatures fulfill their nature, the proper nature of God and his purpose is wrought out in them, and the beauty, symmetry and order of this creation, which is his ap- 170 WHY ANY RELIGION. pearance, is unrolled. How past all speaking, then, the need that man, the chief of these works, the work among them that looks forth with consideration on all the other works, the child of the Father, the thinking one, the being who understands that mystic syllable ought, that he, I say, should unfold him selfglo- riously as he was meant to be, that each may see the light of heaven, yea, I would say, the reflection of the face of God, in a brother's eye, and the presence of God in every chastened spirit and holy life; and that the earth may complete itself in beauty, to be finished in the spiritual loveliness of its highest being, wherein yet it waits to be finished. Keligion so concerns the whole of life, that, as the earth by the 'atmosphere thereisnopart but thus is made fruitful. Yes, pure religion sanctifies every act and word. If you will, you may breathe in this holy power with the atmosphere — at every breath, if you will — and the whole earth of green and gold may be to you an altar. For surely the atmosphere is the atmosphere of the maker of it, who lives in all its motions, and the green and gold of the earth is but the blooming where the foot of God is set. The wide heavens may be your holy place; for there, not therein, but there, all over, is the throne of him. The sun may be your evangelist, new every morning, re-writing the Scriptures from the beginning and making a new Genesis each day. The stars of night may be the shining paths of minister- ing spirits, coming down to take your soul and on their shining tracks carry it up thither where they are. Wherever there is truthfulness, vitality, goodness and love in the heart and life, there is the kingdom of God. Whether a man be a churchman, or to no church going, a Christian, a Mohammedan, a Pagan, it is the same. " The majesty of God, the safety of God, the im- mortality of God, enter into any man with justice;" and if the church know not and behold not this kingdom, wherever it be, then the church has not entered into its own. Religion, which thus runs freely down where the soul is athirst, which is the song of earth, sea and sky, and makes its home everywhere in the pure in heart, this needs give no other account of itself, nor answer any question ; for that thus it is and does is simply to maintain itself from God. Religion is pure and undefiled by nature, filling all those WHY ANY RELIGION. 171 faculties which lift us up above speechless creatures, nay, lift them too, I fain would think, yea, do believe ; for I know not but somewhat of the ought trembles in the shame or love of an intelligent speechless creature among our dumb brethren. Ee- ligion brings us all to thoughts surely the grandest, the most momentous, the most personal, as well as most sublime, which can try mind, or search heart; thoughts too which no one shall ever run away from and go far but there he shall find they have come up to him, and once voiced are never silent, but will come speaking to us, in many forms, and in great experiences hi life, to threaten, humble, encourage, command, inspire. Thus re- ligion lifts us up to the heights which otherwise we could not conceive. We know them only as somehow we find ourselves suddenly standing there, and all the majesty of the earth, the heavens above, and the sea under, lying before us. I feel sure we are in the hands of Holy Spirit, whose life lights the uni- verse. Is there one of you who feels not sure of that? Then saith the poet and the Psalmist, and the Christ, " that he pities us like as a father pitieth his children," and " covers us with the shadow of his wings." The raindrops fall musically, and the showers of the summer night array the shining tresses of the earth that the dawn may find this good globe clothed and beau- tiful; and the winged drops meantime, lest they be cruel in doing this great good, are turned aslant by the Father's hand, and the tender bird, which I wonder at day after day in our cold winters, when forth he comes into the late-rising light, "whose own warm wing his pillow was," slept dry and unchilled in rain and ice, and chinks the diamond drop from leaf and spray in the morning on awakening with the sun to his sunny song. The Father of us all " hears the ravens when they cry," " He gives the young ravens their food," and " providently caters for the sparrow." His is the golden harvest, his the sun that warms the ground. He hath planted life in the human heart, he giveth children to our tenderness, and crowneth the aged head with honor! There have been creeds which were cruel creeds. But when I look forth on all these wonders, this beauty, I know, nor do I speak to anyone that knows not, that the cruelty, injustice, and pain from which my soul revolts never can be the will of 172 WHY ANY RELIGION. him of whose infinite love and tender mercy my soul is but a faint reflection. Thus I answer the question, Why any religion? — that to speak the word is to answer it; that in truth I know no question, when forth I look on heaven and forth go on the earth, but only that the ear, quickening on the heights of love, faith, duty, as the ear doth when lifted whither sounds are ascending, hears " at times a sentinel, Who moves about from place to place, And whispers to the worlds of space In the deep night that all is well." All-is well! What can I beg? What question ask? The facts within me, which are Prayer, Praise, Love, Joy, Faith, are like the depth of the sea, the light of the heavens! Nor more to be questioned by me than the sea, nor more to be hung with darkness by me than the heavens! These facts within me are facts as great as any of the earth, and the laws of them as mighty as any laws of earth's objects or creatures. What can I beg? What question ask? " Wish is worsted, hope o'ersped, And aye to thanks returns my thought. * * * * Still pours the flood of golden good, And more than heartfull fills me." THE ONE EELIGION. Know ye not that the saints shall judge the world'.' 1. Corinthians, vi, 2. Like many a text for a sermon, this is no more than a motto, for I use it not in Paul's meaning. The apostle's inten- tion in the words is very plain. He is reproving Christians for going to law with one another before heathen judges. He says they should settle their disputes by referees among themselves. Indeed, he says, better suffer wrong than bring any quarrels before the " unrighteous," or "unbelievers" — for by both these words Paul names the common law courts of the Roman world. The Christians he calls " saints," and this is a very common use of the term throughout the New Testament. The Greek word translated saints means holy, and is the same word used in the phrase " The Holy Spirit." But, as I say, it has in a multitude of passages the simple sense of converts to Christ- ianity and members of the Christian commimity. Paul's argu- ment is that, as the saints are to judge the world when Christ reappears in his power and glory, it is a shame if they be n >t able to judge the small matters of differences among themselves in the present. But I take the text as a general assertion of pure idealism. It is true, indeed, that the saints shall judge the world; the holy, the high, the generous, the purely honest, and those that aim at unblemished lightness and truthfulness, shall judge the world. For the ideal never will stoop, and as things cannot stand still, but must move, and either the ideal come down or man go up, it is certain that men must move, and the ideal will stay and live in heaven to be worshiped. But now, why shall the saints judge the world? or rather, 174 THE ONE BELIGION. how is it that the good and the true, and they who will not break down the ideal, shall lead and judge? This is a great thought. I know of none more religious or touching more deeply the nature of man and the being of God. The reason the saints shall judge the world is, that saints are seers; that those who really do wish to know and then to follow the one right, beauti- ful, adorable way, will see it and fail not of it. If any fail, it is because they have a mixture of motives. They are willing to conform, to cut down or pare away the ideal, and take means that are only half fair and good. But no one will fail to see the best way in good time, whose whole heart is for that way when he shall find it. Jesus said this in one of the most profound sayings he ever uttered, according to the fourth Evangelist: " If any man willeth to do His will, he shall know of the doctrine or teaching." This is why the saints shall judge the world, because being pure in purpose and method, or willing to do God's will, they are seers, to see the way and know the doctrine, as Jesus said. Now, seers must see the same things; for they can see only what is to be seen, and see it as it is. God is one and inhabiteth eternity, as saith the prophet, or, in another place, "from ever- lasting to everlasting he is God," — which means that the holy and right and victorious way is the same for all eternity. An apostle has said it in another way — " With Him is no variable- ness, neither shadow of turning." Therefore, the seers who see His way, must see all alike; and whether they be parted by thousands of leagues, or by thousands of years, still they see and speak all alike, for the things they see are eternal with " no variableness, neither shadow of turning." But these things they would not see if they wished not to follow the eternal. If they were thinking how to mate and match little matters in time, and how to swerve a little from the true way to pick up this advantage, or how, again, to veer a little on another side to catch this gain or that ease, then they would see not the one eternal way, the right, the ideal, the true, which has the power of God to judge the world. But, as they look not at the lower things, but only with a holy and true devotion, at the simple right as it is, they see, and they see alike, and always have said the same things. THE ONE RELIGION. 175 I have found great delight, mental and moral glow, spiritual inspiration, in reading the Scriptures of other religions besides the Hebrew and the Christian. And 'tis no wonder; for why should I not be lifted on wings that have proved strong to bear whole nations heavenward? Not alone the Hebrew and Christ- ian histories, preachings, psalms, laws, precepts, exhortations, warnings, have been strength, comfort, and instruction in temple, hall and home, but the Scriptures of all other religions too. All have been mighty to command, to inspire, to uphold holy lives, support self-sacrifice unto death, and sustain humble, life-long faithfulness. Wherefore, I say, 'tis no wonder that holy pages of Scripture which have beamed so much for other men, however of a different climate, countenance and race, should shine also with a white and holy light to me. Now, in reading these other Scriptures, I have observed four stages in myself. At first I found little ir> them — only here and there a bit that truly appealed to my mind and stirred me. On the whole I looked on them slightingly. I gleaned from them no more than certain precepts. These Scriptures of the nations were alien to me, foreign to my habits of mind and feeling, not fitted to my mental experience or my religious ex- pressions. Hence, as I say, I slighted them, and from my shal- low dips into them was wont to return to our own Bible with a new emphasis, an enlarged conception of the vast advantage and superior grandeur of our Scriptures. My second stage came slowly. It resulted from frequent returns to the other Scriptures, till by many resorts to them and by some happy circumstances I was led to read them deeply and long, and linger over them. Then they became to me far more than an assemblage of precepts, or fields where I might glean here and there some fine bits of moral wisdom. Slowly I en- tered into the spirit of them. I began to go to them as to some- thing living and moving with human life lifting itself to the Divine Life. Then I was impressed, filled and moved; then I admired and reverenced; because I had come to the spirit of them sympathetically in some measure, as those peoples do in large measure whom the Scriptures feed and inspire in the na- tive abodes of them. My third stage was a return to our own Bible after this 176 THE ONE RELIGION. sympathetic and deeper reading of other Scriptures. My former judgment seemed to me to be maintained and assured. The Hebrew Scriptures still seemed exceedingly grander, vaster, richer, deeper than all others. But now I had the advantage — a great one— of better equipment for judging, and I found my love of our own Scriptures quickened and dignified by my sym- pathy, if I may say so, with Scripture itself, which I had found living in all Scriptures. This led to the fourth stage, which is a hightened and joy- ful sense of the greater glory and grandeur of the Hebrew Bible, not merely in comparison with others, nay, nor mainly so, but chiefly by its part in the glory of the whole, because it stands not alone on a plain, but towers above comrade peaks, all of which pierce the heavens. Then the full splendor and the grand height of the Hebrew Scriptures begin to appear, when they show in this fellowship with all Bibles, the most sublime stanzas of one sublime psalm heard everywhere on the earth, which is Keligion itself. This morning I will bring before you some sayings of the holy saints and seers of the world, spoken in differing Scriptures, that you may see once more that they have said the same things, and that all lovers of the truth are one, and that all children of men are one in God. Take first, some sayings regarding watchfulness, that we must watch ourselves if we will grow in any grace. Now, when we think of this, what shall we look for in the sayings of the saints and seers? First we shall expect the thought that we must watch ourselves toward God, which is to say, toward the ideal and the perfect. We have to watch that the aim be worthy of eternal counsels, and then the means worthy of the aim. Every one will say that to set up a wrong end or aim is to make war on God. But many say that, while the aim must be pure and perfect, yet we must consider that we have but poor creatures to work with, who are warped and turned awry, and full of mis- guidance, passion, pride, and a thousand hindrances. Where- fore, say they, we must come down a little in our means and please the prides and the selfishness, that we may cajole them to good ends. But, to follow low motives and ways to please men, what is this but to be braver toward God than toward men, THE ONE RELIGION. 177 thinking that we may outface the perfect and the eternal to gain credit with the transitory and the vain? Again, we shall expect the saints and the seers to say that we must watch ourselves toward other men; first, that we judge rightly, as we cannot do if we judge proudly or fiercely, or selfishly; which Jesus said thus — that if, having a beam in our eye, we try to take out the mote from an- other's, we cannot do it, nor even see the mote as it is. And, secondly, we must watch ourselves in order that we may be able to help any one; for, if we cannot look after ourselves aright, how can we help others? and if we keep not ourselves in the way, how can we guide others in it? Here, now, I will read you some sayings from the saints and seers that you may see that truly they do say these things, which we should look for them to say: — From Buddhist wisdom we have, u The sins of others are seen easily; but if a man look for these and find fault, his own weaknesses will grow.'' Confucius says, " If a man cannot improve himself, how can he improve others. When we see noble men, we should think of equaling them. When we see evil characters, we should turn our look inward and examine ourselves. Only he who has the most complete sincerity under heaven can transform and inspire others." Socrates says, " The only short, safe, and good way is to strive to be really good in the things in which we wish to be thought good. Whatever are called virtues among men may be gained by study and exercise." Says Confucius again, " To see what is right, and not to do it, is the part of a cowardly mind." From the Zoroastrian Scriptures, " Give me, God, these two desires — to see, and to question myself. Watch thyself with all diligence; master thyself; so mayest thou teach others and subdue them, for thyself is hardest to subdue." In like manner Jesus, " Watch and pray, that ye enter not into temptation." Take, next, the duty and interest which we name Character, simple goodness, honesty, purity, devotion, unsefishness. What shall we expect the holy seers to say about these? We shall expect them to say the ideal things which are true forever and 178 THE ONE RELIGION. ever, from everlasting to everlasting. Therefore, they will say, first, that the goodness and pure virtue which looketh to God for Himself and not for reward or praise or advantage, is the chief of all things to be thought of by men. The seers will say that there is nothing in religion or life like to the preciousness of pure character. Then, secondly, they will say that this always may be had; that outward things not always may be had, for some persons may gain more of them and some less; and often losses happen; but ingenuous goodness may be had, for it is in our power to be simply true, and strength is never far distant, but close at hand. Thirdly, we shall expect the seers to say that this pure character grows in us by many small fidelities, by which we become strong for constancy of goodness and for great requirements or exigencies. It has been said truly that by re- iterated small choices betwixt good and evil we make our moral state, which thus is a growth very slow, and yet swift too, and momentous past all words. Finally, we shall expect the seers to say that when thus by faithfulness we have attained unto purity of heart and constancy of character, the eyes will be opened to all divinity, beauty, glory, to infinity. Here, now, I will give you some sayings from holy seers, that we may behold whether they do say these things: — From Buddhist wisdom we have, " If a man conquer in battle a thousand times a thousand men, and if another conquer himself, he is the greater conqueror, and the greatest of all. Think not lightly of evil. Drop by drop the jar is filled. Think not lightly of good. The wise are filled with purity, gathering it drop by drop." Zoroaster says, "Adore God by means of sincere actions." The Laws of Moses say, " Thou shalt not kill, nor bear false witness, nor covet, nor steal, nor profane the name of God. Thou shalt not oppress another, but love thy neighbor as thyself. Thou shalt honor thy father and thy mother. Thou shalt rise up before the hoary head, and honor the face of the old man ; and fear thy God." Jesus, to the same purpose, " Blessed are they who hunger and thirst after righteousness, for they shall be filled. Blessed are the pure in heart, for they shall see God." Next I will take the thought and grace of love. In this THE 0:S~E RELIGION, 179 matter what shall we expect of the seers? First, we shall look for the holy diviners to say that love is the greatest of all powers; that its strength is like almightiness ; that it is so strong that even if for a time, nay forever (if we can imagine such a thing) , it be without effect on another's heart, still we shall be weak in the work and effort if it be not in our own. Secondly, we shall look for the seers to say that love never must be overthrown in us so as to return hatred for hatred; nay, but love for hatred, and peace for anger, and every good for any evil. Again, we shall expect the seers to say that a pure and good love in us, and a greatness and devotion of love, and a great scope and breadth of it, relate us closely to God, for he is infinite love. With this now I will read you some saying of the seers, that we may hear if they say these things about love: — The Zoroastrian Scriptures say, " Let us be such as help the life of the future." Confucius says, " Love to speak of the good in others. Treat not others as you would not wish them to treat you. Make happy those who are near, and those who are far will come." Buddhist wisdom teaches, " If there be any who hate, dwell among them free from hatred. Overcome anger with love, evil with good, the selfish with generosity, the false with truth: for wrath is not stilled by wrath at any time. Anger ceases by love — this is an everlasting law. If one have boundless and im- partial good will, where he is the saying is come to pass, This is the abode of holiness." Jesus says, " Blessed are the merciful, for they shall obtain mercy. Blessed are the peace-makers, for they shall be called the children of God." Take next the virtues of simplicity and humility. What shall we look for the holy teachers to say of these things? First, surely they will say that we must ask much of ourselves rather than of others : that if rightly we be simple and lowly in mind, we shall not be asking or demanding always something of others — nay, but rather take with great gratitude what is given, as being more than perchance we deserve, and yet less than we exact of ourselves to give. Nay, but why should I say exact, for if we be simple and lowly minded, we shall be outpouring by 180 THE ONE RELIGION. nature, and never think of it, except that it is joy. And, secondly, the seers will say that simplicity and humility are especially the graces of unconscious childhood, are like to the beauty and gentleness and softness of a simple child; and that when this continues into mid-life, and goes on upward till it sits like a crown on the head of age, which is to say, when the sim- plicity of the child is joined with the knowledge of the man, then comes to pass the greatest beauty. Again, the seers will say that there is vast strength and power in humbleness and sim- pleness of spirit; that these graces have a strength like to love, and perhaps a very part thereof, for what great love ever was there which was not simple and humble? Wherefore, it is the meek, the patient and the simple that prevail at last. Listen now to a few words from some of the holy teachers on these points: — Confucius says, " He who requires much from himself and little from others, will save himself from anger. What the noble man seeks is in himself; what the ignoble seeks is in others. " And Mencius says, " The noble man is he who loses not his child-heart." Socrates teaches, " To want as little as possible is to make the nearest approach to God." In like manner Jesus, " He who receiveth not the kingdom of heaven like a little child shall in no wise enter therein. Blessed are the meek, for they shall inherit the earth. Blessed are the lowly in spirit, for theirs is the kingdom of heaven." I will take now the principle and fact of retribution. Of this surely the seers will say that it is certain. They will- say that any foe of a good thing who has fallen on it to beat it down, " Self assured that he prevails, Sees aloft the red. right Arm Straight redress, the eternal scales." They will say that our sin shall find us out — nay, that already it has found us out, and never had to look for us, but always was with us ; nor hides from us, nor ever lets us hide from our- selves. Again, they will say that the law of retribution is fixed in all things, in the earth, in the waters, in the air, in our bodies, and that all things muster and enlist to punish the evil deed, and that it never escapes, nor can cover itself in any way, because it THE ONE RELIGION. 181 drags its own punishment on it by the law and nature of all things. Also the seers will say that though all the elements gather to punish, with pains, weakness, disease, loss, death, whatever eternal councils have judged wicked or wrong, yet the worst penalty is the evil deed itself; for it is worse to be bad than to suffer for being bad, and the greatest punishment is to be what must be punished; and this truth, however it delay, at last will burn its way to us, and on us, till we cry to heaven out of fires of shame. Now I will read you some of the seers' sayings of retribution, from Buddhist Scriptures: " There is a treasure that anyone may possess, laid up in the heart, charity, pity, temperance, a treasure that none can take away; but our sin will come back upon us like fine dust thrown against the wind. Not in the sky nor in the midst of the sea, nor in the clefts of the mountains is any place known where a man may escape frcm his evil deeds. For the evil doer burns by his own deeds, yea, as if burned by fire. But there is no evil for one who does no evil. Not even divine power could change into de- feat a man's victory over himself. Asa rock is not shaken by the wind, so the good swerve not in good report or evil report." Once more, take the subjects that lie close to the heart of religion, at least if we may say that any one grand thought lies closer to religion than another, I mean the thoughts of God and Providence. What shall we expect the holy teachers and diviners to say on these thoughts? Many and great things in- deed, neither the number nor the greatness of which I can bring before you now; and yet, I may say also, but few things, for all the thoughts that we can have of God and his ways with us gather together into but two or three very great and glorious thoughts, which hold all the others and gather them in, as the ocean all the rivers. First, we shall expect the seers to speak of the infinite and holy order, which is God's nature shown to us and living in all things. They will speak of the oneness which is in all things, from stars to water-drops, from a beast's pangs to a saint's sorrows, from an animal's love to a man's prayer. Through all, they will tell us, one thought, one life, one love, one law runs never wearied, never changing, never in- vaded, never broken, nor hindered, but always almighty, and always upbuilding righteousness, Again, the holy diviners will 182 THE ONE RELIGION. say: What have we to fear with God? and they will answer: Nothing to fear. For first, we have not God to fear, since " all his power is to do good," and all his eternal glory to bless and preserve. And if we have not to fear God, but only to trust and believe, to wait, pray, give thanks, and never be afraid, then what else can be feared possibly? Surely it is plain that we have either to be afraid of God or of nothing, since everything is in his hands. And, again, we shall look to have the holy teachers tell us that God is not to be argued, or inferred or sought by proofs a long way off, but is to be seen and heard and known about us, and no one so much seen and known; nay, not even ourselves to ourselves, for we lie " dim and invisible in him," knowing him when we can not follow ourselves within his life. Yea, the seers will tell us that God appears to us, and that in all the glory of nature we do look on his face, and in all the sounds of the earth, and most in the human voice, and most in that when most it is filled with love and hope and thankfulness, we do hear with our very ears the voice, the speech of God. Now I will read you some of the sayings of these holy teachers of these thoughts: — Socrates says, " Let any man be of good cheer about his soul who has ruled his body and delighted in knowledge in this life; who has adorned the soul in her own proper jewels, which are temperance, justice, courage, nobility, and truth. In these arrayed, the soul is ready for the journey even to another world, when the time comes. For if death be the journey to another place, and there all the dead are, what good can be greater than this? Be of good cheer about death, and know this of a truth, that no evil can happen to a good man either in life or after death. God orders and holds together the whole universe in which are all things beautiful and good. He keeps it always unimpaired, unconfused, undecaying, obeying his law swifter than thought, and in perfect order." The Zoroastrian Scriptures say, " Him whom I exalt with my praise I now see with my eye, knowing him to be God, the reality of the good thought, the good word, the good deed." In like manner Jesus, " Are not two. sprarows sold for a farthing — and not one of them shall fall on the ground without your Father. Fear ye not therefore, When ye have need, it THE ONE RELIGION. 183 shall be given you in that same hour what ye shall say, for it is not ye that speak, but the Spirit of your Father that speaketh in you." ''We can take the entire range of the religions of the world, and we shall find in all, something of the spiritual element pre- sent, something of the endeavor to reach the light, some attempt to articulate, or spell at least, a syllable of the name ineffable. All have aspiration, and all, viewed on the ethical or moral side, have some influence that freely accepted, would lift and improve, if not liberate and sanctify the worshiper. Homer says fittingly, 'all men yearn after the gods.' ' If we will but listen atten- tively,' says Max Muller, ' we can hear in all religions a groan- ing of the spirit, a struggle to conceive the inconceivable, to utter the unutterable, a longing after the infinite, a love of God.' St. Augustine declares that 'there is no religion which does not contain some grains of truth,' and Max Mueller again says, ' There is no religion, or if there is, I do not know it, which does not say, ' Do good, avoid evil."* " Thanks be to God for his holy saints ; thanks be to him who giveth wisdom, Which in all ages entering into holy souls maketh them friends of God and prophets." 0, blessed the fact that we have those who claim us for the ideal, who never will let us down, nor even grant that we shall fail, but hold up our spirits to go in a starry way, and to see light always in the skies whatever the night be. Oh, blessed! that we have the prophets and seers, the saints and diviners who never will permit to us a low aim but always insist on the high- est, and then never will allow the highest to be sought in any but the highest way! Who never will bend to low motives, never will seek prides, or advantages, or prejudices, or parties, or hatreds, or anything paltry, but always only the truth of God ♦Charles D. B Mills, in Unity, January 24, 1890, on " The Transient and Per- manent in Religion." 184 THE ONE BELIGION. by the way of the love and peace of God. And, oh let us give thanks for these deviners or holy souls, because the;/ are e-eryivhere! How sad if we only had such teach- ers, but no others had! How mournful if only in our language their holy words breathed and burned, but in no other tongue ! How sorrowful if all men who have not our teacher had no other of like kindling power and pure glory to their souls! 0, blessings and thanks, praises and hymns, music and anthems, songs, rejoicings, gratulations and jubilees, that it is not so — that never any people is without witness of God; never any tongue without its Scriptures ; never any world in all the uni- verse of stars but has, we may be sure, its Christs and its holy pages of true religious inspiration; and all are one in the One! For 'this, songs, triumphs and rejoicings, music and anthems, thanks, blessings, hymns and praises ! FAITHFULNESS. " Faithful unto death."— Revelations, II, 10. I am to speak to you this morning of Faithfulness. It is nearly fifty years ago that a young girl was living in the city of Boston. She was fortunate in her home and in her friends. She had been brought up in a circle of great cultiva- tion and refinement, of very lovely social life, with troops of good people about her, many of whom were dear to her, and all helpful, instructive, refined, elevated. At the time that I speak of, this girl, finely educated, excellently trained in mind and in all the social virtues, was sought in marriage by a young man who was to come hither to what was then the wild West, to take for himself a farm, and live the life of a cultivator of the soil. This girl joined her lot with his, forsook all the charm of the life she was accustomed to, and came to a place not very far away from this city, a place where then the ground was just broken for cultivation, the neighbors few and far, and the society a pioneer company at the outposts of civilization. I, at the time, was a very little child in the city of Brook- lyn, New York State, just beginning the unfolding life of child- hood, listening and growing, learning, imicating, using my opening powers in a home that was very sheltered, very quiet, and full of good social life. Forty years passed away. Let us look at what these forty years had borne in fruit in the life of this young girl that I speak of. When she found herself in the Western country, the new country all unbroken and untamed, and the people about her for the most part as untamed as the soil, she thought very carefully and earnestly over the problem of life before her. She said to herself, — " Here am I, taken away from all those things that would have ministered to my mind, that were educating, training, strengthening me, making me full of resources, mental, spiritual and moral. I find myself suddenly put into this new 186 FAITHFULNESS. place, which bids fair to be full of daily toil for the common neces- sities of life. New ground is to be broken, much labor done in gleaning food even from this virgin soil, and all the great work of making a home to be undertaken, in a wild and untried place. Now, said the girl to herself, there is great danger of my being so absorbed in this labor as to be sunk in it out of sight of those spiritual realities which happily have been my lot heretofore ; wherefore I must make it my rule, she said, and my great and strenuous effort all the time, to keep a firm hold of the idealities of life, of the spiritual values, things which have helped me not to acquire but to be ; I must see to it that I continue to grow, as heretofore I have had the means of growing, in mind and soul. I must keep my hold on the ideal within me and without me. With this reflection she began her life in the three great relations into which she had come. First among them was the relation of a wife. She must take her share in the joint labor and partnership of marriage. She began, therefore, early to make it a point in her life to keep the home full of cheer. She said to herself that with all the disadvantages of her position compared to that from which she had come, still in one way she had more advantages than her husband; for her work, if it were somewhat more monotonous, was at least more sheltered, and had within it more moments to be gleaned for little sprays of thought and swift upliftings of soul and mind. Wherefore it devolved chiefly on her, she said, as she thought it did on the women always, to beautify life. She thought this a power spe- cially given to the womanly soul; it lay on her, she considered, to keep " sweetness and light," as Matthew Arnold has it, a lovely cheer, a beautiful feast not only for the eye so far as might be, but for the soul always, in her home. Sober husband never came into the house but he found therein, however dark the day, the inward light of a smile, nor did he ever note that cheer was wanting. By many a little deft touch of the hand she made that beauty of the spirit come forth, and so far as the poor purse of the young couple served, she decorated her home with outward forms and signs of spiritual grace. Her external means for doing this work were three: First, she studiously cultivated flowers. Secondly, having been bred at her home very finely